]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/gcc.git/blob - gcc/varasm.c
varasm.c (output_constructor_regular_field): Check TYPE_SIZE_UNIT of the init value.
[thirdparty/gcc.git] / gcc / varasm.c
1 /* Output variables, constants and external declarations, for GNU compiler.
2 Copyright (C) 1987-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of GCC.
5
6 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
7 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
8 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
9 version.
10
11 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
12 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
13 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
14 for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
18 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20
21 /* This file handles generation of all the assembler code
22 *except* the instructions of a function.
23 This includes declarations of variables and their initial values.
24
25 We also output the assembler code for constants stored in memory
26 and are responsible for combining constants with the same value. */
27
28 #include "config.h"
29 #include "system.h"
30 #include "coretypes.h"
31 #include "backend.h"
32 #include "target.h"
33 #include "rtl.h"
34 #include "tree.h"
35 #include "predict.h"
36 #include "memmodel.h"
37 #include "tm_p.h"
38 #include "stringpool.h"
39 #include "regs.h"
40 #include "emit-rtl.h"
41 #include "cgraph.h"
42 #include "diagnostic-core.h"
43 #include "fold-const.h"
44 #include "stor-layout.h"
45 #include "varasm.h"
46 #include "flags.h"
47 #include "stmt.h"
48 #include "expr.h"
49 #include "expmed.h"
50 #include "output.h"
51 #include "langhooks.h"
52 #include "debug.h"
53 #include "common/common-target.h"
54 #include "stringpool.h"
55 #include "attribs.h"
56 #include "asan.h"
57 #include "rtl-iter.h"
58 #include "file-prefix-map.h" /* remap_debug_filename() */
59
60 #ifdef XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
61 #include "xcoffout.h" /* Needed for external data declarations. */
62 #endif
63
64 /* The (assembler) name of the first globally-visible object output. */
65 extern GTY(()) const char *first_global_object_name;
66 extern GTY(()) const char *weak_global_object_name;
67
68 const char *first_global_object_name;
69 const char *weak_global_object_name;
70
71 struct addr_const;
72 struct constant_descriptor_rtx;
73 struct rtx_constant_pool;
74
75 #define n_deferred_constants (crtl->varasm.deferred_constants)
76
77 /* Number for making the label on the next
78 constant that is stored in memory. */
79
80 static GTY(()) int const_labelno;
81
82 /* Carry information from ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME
83 to ASM_FINISH_DECLARE_OBJECT. */
84
85 int size_directive_output;
86
87 /* The last decl for which assemble_variable was called,
88 if it did ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME.
89 If the last call to assemble_variable didn't do that,
90 this holds 0. */
91
92 tree last_assemble_variable_decl;
93
94 /* The following global variable indicates if the first basic block
95 in a function belongs to the cold partition or not. */
96
97 bool first_function_block_is_cold;
98
99 /* Whether we saw any functions with no_split_stack. */
100
101 static bool saw_no_split_stack;
102
103 static const char *strip_reg_name (const char *);
104 static int contains_pointers_p (tree);
105 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
106 static bool incorporeal_function_p (tree);
107 #endif
108 static void decode_addr_const (tree, struct addr_const *);
109 static hashval_t const_hash_1 (const tree);
110 static int compare_constant (const tree, const tree);
111 static void output_constant_def_contents (rtx);
112 static void output_addressed_constants (tree);
113 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT output_constant (tree, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT,
114 unsigned int, bool);
115 static void globalize_decl (tree);
116 static bool decl_readonly_section_1 (enum section_category);
117 #ifdef BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
118 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
119 static void asm_output_aligned_bss (FILE *, tree, const char *,
120 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, int)
121 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
122 #endif
123 #endif /* BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP */
124 static void mark_weak (tree);
125 static void output_constant_pool (const char *, tree);
126 static void handle_vtv_comdat_section (section *, const_tree);
127 \f
128 /* Well-known sections, each one associated with some sort of *_ASM_OP. */
129 section *text_section;
130 section *data_section;
131 section *readonly_data_section;
132 section *sdata_section;
133 section *ctors_section;
134 section *dtors_section;
135 section *bss_section;
136 section *sbss_section;
137
138 /* Various forms of common section. All are guaranteed to be nonnull. */
139 section *tls_comm_section;
140 section *comm_section;
141 section *lcomm_section;
142
143 /* A SECTION_NOSWITCH section used for declaring global BSS variables.
144 May be null. */
145 section *bss_noswitch_section;
146
147 /* The section that holds the main exception table, when known. The section
148 is set either by the target's init_sections hook or by the first call to
149 switch_to_exception_section. */
150 section *exception_section;
151
152 /* The section that holds the DWARF2 frame unwind information, when known.
153 The section is set either by the target's init_sections hook or by the
154 first call to switch_to_eh_frame_section. */
155 section *eh_frame_section;
156
157 /* asm_out_file's current section. This is NULL if no section has yet
158 been selected or if we lose track of what the current section is. */
159 section *in_section;
160
161 /* True if code for the current function is currently being directed
162 at the cold section. */
163 bool in_cold_section_p;
164
165 /* The following global holds the "function name" for the code in the
166 cold section of a function, if hot/cold function splitting is enabled
167 and there was actually code that went into the cold section. A
168 pseudo function name is needed for the cold section of code for some
169 debugging tools that perform symbolization. */
170 tree cold_function_name = NULL_TREE;
171
172 /* A linked list of all the unnamed sections. */
173 static GTY(()) section *unnamed_sections;
174
175 /* Return a nonzero value if DECL has a section attribute. */
176 #define IN_NAMED_SECTION(DECL) \
177 (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (DECL) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (DECL) != NULL)
178
179 struct section_hasher : ggc_ptr_hash<section>
180 {
181 typedef const char *compare_type;
182
183 static hashval_t hash (section *);
184 static bool equal (section *, const char *);
185 };
186
187 /* Hash table of named sections. */
188 static GTY(()) hash_table<section_hasher> *section_htab;
189
190 struct object_block_hasher : ggc_ptr_hash<object_block>
191 {
192 typedef const section *compare_type;
193
194 static hashval_t hash (object_block *);
195 static bool equal (object_block *, const section *);
196 };
197
198 /* A table of object_blocks, indexed by section. */
199 static GTY(()) hash_table<object_block_hasher> *object_block_htab;
200
201 /* The next number to use for internal anchor labels. */
202 static GTY(()) int anchor_labelno;
203
204 /* A pool of constants that can be shared between functions. */
205 static GTY(()) struct rtx_constant_pool *shared_constant_pool;
206
207 /* Helper routines for maintaining section_htab. */
208
209 bool
210 section_hasher::equal (section *old, const char *new_name)
211 {
212 return strcmp (old->named.name, new_name) == 0;
213 }
214
215 hashval_t
216 section_hasher::hash (section *old)
217 {
218 return htab_hash_string (old->named.name);
219 }
220
221 /* Return a hash value for section SECT. */
222
223 static hashval_t
224 hash_section (section *sect)
225 {
226 if (sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
227 return htab_hash_string (sect->named.name);
228 return sect->common.flags & ~SECTION_DECLARED;
229 }
230
231 /* Helper routines for maintaining object_block_htab. */
232
233 inline bool
234 object_block_hasher::equal (object_block *old, const section *new_section)
235 {
236 return old->sect == new_section;
237 }
238
239 hashval_t
240 object_block_hasher::hash (object_block *old)
241 {
242 return hash_section (old->sect);
243 }
244
245 /* Return a new unnamed section with the given fields. */
246
247 section *
248 get_unnamed_section (unsigned int flags, void (*callback) (const void *),
249 const void *data)
250 {
251 section *sect;
252
253 sect = ggc_alloc<section> ();
254 sect->unnamed.common.flags = flags | SECTION_UNNAMED;
255 sect->unnamed.callback = callback;
256 sect->unnamed.data = data;
257 sect->unnamed.next = unnamed_sections;
258
259 unnamed_sections = sect;
260 return sect;
261 }
262
263 /* Return a SECTION_NOSWITCH section with the given fields. */
264
265 static section *
266 get_noswitch_section (unsigned int flags, noswitch_section_callback callback)
267 {
268 section *sect;
269
270 sect = ggc_alloc<section> ();
271 sect->noswitch.common.flags = flags | SECTION_NOSWITCH;
272 sect->noswitch.callback = callback;
273
274 return sect;
275 }
276
277 /* Return the named section structure associated with NAME. Create
278 a new section with the given fields if no such structure exists. */
279
280 section *
281 get_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl)
282 {
283 section *sect, **slot;
284
285 slot = section_htab->find_slot_with_hash (name, htab_hash_string (name),
286 INSERT);
287 flags |= SECTION_NAMED;
288 if (*slot == NULL)
289 {
290 sect = ggc_alloc<section> ();
291 sect->named.common.flags = flags;
292 sect->named.name = ggc_strdup (name);
293 sect->named.decl = decl;
294 *slot = sect;
295 }
296 else
297 {
298 sect = *slot;
299 /* It is fine if one of the sections has SECTION_NOTYPE as long as
300 the other has none of the contrary flags (see the logic at the end
301 of default_section_type_flags, below). */
302 if (((sect->common.flags ^ flags) & SECTION_NOTYPE)
303 && !((sect->common.flags | flags)
304 & (SECTION_CODE | SECTION_BSS | SECTION_TLS | SECTION_ENTSIZE
305 | (HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP ? SECTION_LINKONCE : 0))))
306 {
307 sect->common.flags |= SECTION_NOTYPE;
308 flags |= SECTION_NOTYPE;
309 }
310 if ((sect->common.flags & ~SECTION_DECLARED) != flags
311 && ((sect->common.flags | flags) & SECTION_OVERRIDE) == 0)
312 {
313 /* It is fine if one of the section flags is
314 SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO and the other has none of these
315 flags (i.e. read-only) in named sections and either the
316 section hasn't been declared yet or has been declared as writable.
317 In that case just make sure the resulting flags are
318 SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO, ie. writable only because of
319 relocations. */
320 if (((sect->common.flags ^ flags) & (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO))
321 == (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO)
322 && (sect->common.flags
323 & ~(SECTION_DECLARED | SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO))
324 == (flags & ~(SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO))
325 && ((sect->common.flags & SECTION_DECLARED) == 0
326 || (sect->common.flags & SECTION_WRITE)))
327 {
328 sect->common.flags |= (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO);
329 return sect;
330 }
331 /* Sanity check user variables for flag changes. */
332 if (sect->named.decl != NULL
333 && DECL_P (sect->named.decl)
334 && decl != sect->named.decl)
335 {
336 if (decl != NULL && DECL_P (decl))
337 error ("%+qD causes a section type conflict with %qD",
338 decl, sect->named.decl);
339 else
340 error ("section type conflict with %qD", sect->named.decl);
341 inform (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (sect->named.decl),
342 "%qD was declared here", sect->named.decl);
343 }
344 else if (decl != NULL && DECL_P (decl))
345 error ("%+qD causes a section type conflict", decl);
346 else
347 error ("section type conflict");
348 /* Make sure we don't error about one section multiple times. */
349 sect->common.flags |= SECTION_OVERRIDE;
350 }
351 }
352 return sect;
353 }
354
355 /* Return true if the current compilation mode benefits from having
356 objects grouped into blocks. */
357
358 static bool
359 use_object_blocks_p (void)
360 {
361 return flag_section_anchors;
362 }
363
364 /* Return the object_block structure for section SECT. Create a new
365 structure if we haven't created one already. Return null if SECT
366 itself is null. */
367
368 static struct object_block *
369 get_block_for_section (section *sect)
370 {
371 struct object_block *block;
372
373 if (sect == NULL)
374 return NULL;
375
376 object_block **slot
377 = object_block_htab->find_slot_with_hash (sect, hash_section (sect),
378 INSERT);
379 block = *slot;
380 if (block == NULL)
381 {
382 block = ggc_cleared_alloc<object_block> ();
383 block->sect = sect;
384 *slot = block;
385 }
386 return block;
387 }
388
389 /* Create a symbol with label LABEL and place it at byte offset
390 OFFSET in BLOCK. OFFSET can be negative if the symbol's offset
391 is not yet known. LABEL must be a garbage-collected string. */
392
393 static rtx
394 create_block_symbol (const char *label, struct object_block *block,
395 HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
396 {
397 rtx symbol;
398 unsigned int size;
399
400 /* Create the extended SYMBOL_REF. */
401 size = RTX_HDR_SIZE + sizeof (struct block_symbol);
402 symbol = (rtx) ggc_internal_alloc (size);
403
404 /* Initialize the normal SYMBOL_REF fields. */
405 memset (symbol, 0, size);
406 PUT_CODE (symbol, SYMBOL_REF);
407 PUT_MODE (symbol, Pmode);
408 XSTR (symbol, 0) = label;
409 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) = SYMBOL_FLAG_HAS_BLOCK_INFO;
410
411 /* Initialize the block_symbol stuff. */
412 SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol) = block;
413 SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) = offset;
414
415 return symbol;
416 }
417
418 /* Return a section with a particular name and with whatever SECTION_*
419 flags section_type_flags deems appropriate. The name of the section
420 is taken from NAME if nonnull, otherwise it is taken from DECL's
421 DECL_SECTION_NAME. DECL is the decl associated with the section
422 (see the section comment for details) and RELOC is as for
423 section_type_flags. */
424
425 section *
426 get_named_section (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc)
427 {
428 unsigned int flags;
429
430 if (name == NULL)
431 {
432 gcc_assert (decl && DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl));
433 name = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
434 }
435
436 flags = targetm.section_type_flags (decl, name, reloc);
437 return get_section (name, flags, decl);
438 }
439
440 /* Worker for resolve_unique_section. */
441
442 static bool
443 set_implicit_section (struct symtab_node *n, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
444 {
445 n->implicit_section = true;
446 return false;
447 }
448
449 /* If required, set DECL_SECTION_NAME to a unique name. */
450
451 void
452 resolve_unique_section (tree decl, int reloc ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
453 int flag_function_or_data_sections)
454 {
455 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) == NULL
456 && targetm_common.have_named_sections
457 && (flag_function_or_data_sections
458 || DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl)))
459 {
460 targetm.asm_out.unique_section (decl, reloc);
461 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
462 symtab_node::get (decl)->call_for_symbol_and_aliases
463 (set_implicit_section, NULL, true);
464 }
465 }
466
467 #ifdef BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
468
469 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
470
471 /* Utility function for targets to use in implementing
472 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS.
473 ??? It is believed that this function will work in most cases so such
474 support is localized here. */
475
476 static void
477 asm_output_aligned_bss (FILE *file, tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
478 const char *name, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size,
479 int align)
480 {
481 switch_to_section (bss_section);
482 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
483 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME
484 last_assemble_variable_decl = decl;
485 ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME (file, name, decl);
486 #else
487 /* Standard thing is just output label for the object. */
488 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (file, name);
489 #endif /* ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME */
490 ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (file, size ? size : 1);
491 }
492
493 #endif
494
495 #endif /* BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP */
496
497 #ifndef USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS
498 /* Return the hot section for function DECL. Return text_section for
499 null DECLs. */
500
501 static section *
502 hot_function_section (tree decl)
503 {
504 if (decl != NULL_TREE
505 && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) != NULL
506 && targetm_common.have_named_sections)
507 return get_named_section (decl, NULL, 0);
508 else
509 return text_section;
510 }
511 #endif
512
513 /* Return section for TEXT_SECTION_NAME if DECL or DECL_SECTION_NAME (DECL)
514 is NULL.
515
516 When DECL_SECTION_NAME is non-NULL and it is implicit section and
517 NAMED_SECTION_SUFFIX is non-NULL, then produce section called
518 concatenate the name with NAMED_SECTION_SUFFIX.
519 Otherwise produce "TEXT_SECTION_NAME.IMPLICIT_NAME". */
520
521 section *
522 get_named_text_section (tree decl,
523 const char *text_section_name,
524 const char *named_section_suffix)
525 {
526 if (decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
527 {
528 if (named_section_suffix)
529 {
530 const char *dsn = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
531 const char *stripped_name;
532 char *name, *buffer;
533
534 name = (char *) alloca (strlen (dsn) + 1);
535 memcpy (name, dsn,
536 strlen (dsn) + 1);
537
538 stripped_name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
539
540 buffer = ACONCAT ((stripped_name, named_section_suffix, NULL));
541 return get_named_section (decl, buffer, 0);
542 }
543 else if (symtab_node::get (decl)->implicit_section)
544 {
545 const char *name;
546
547 /* Do not try to split gnu_linkonce functions. This gets somewhat
548 slipperly. */
549 if (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl) && !HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP)
550 return NULL;
551 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
552 name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
553 return get_named_section (decl, ACONCAT ((text_section_name, ".",
554 name, NULL)), 0);
555 }
556 else
557 return NULL;
558 }
559 return get_named_section (decl, text_section_name, 0);
560 }
561
562 /* Choose named function section based on its frequency. */
563
564 section *
565 default_function_section (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq,
566 bool startup, bool exit)
567 {
568 #if defined HAVE_LD_EH_GC_SECTIONS && defined HAVE_LD_EH_GC_SECTIONS_BUG
569 /* Old GNU linkers have buggy --gc-section support, which sometimes
570 results in .gcc_except_table* sections being garbage collected. */
571 if (decl
572 && symtab_node::get (decl)->implicit_section)
573 return NULL;
574 #endif
575
576 if (!flag_reorder_functions
577 || !targetm_common.have_named_sections)
578 return NULL;
579 /* Startup code should go to startup subsection unless it is
580 unlikely executed (this happens especially with function splitting
581 where we can split away unnecessary parts of static constructors. */
582 if (startup && freq != NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED)
583 {
584 /* If we do have a profile or(and) LTO phase is executed, we do not need
585 these ELF section. */
586 if (!in_lto_p || !flag_profile_values)
587 return get_named_text_section (decl, ".text.startup", NULL);
588 else
589 return NULL;
590 }
591
592 /* Similarly for exit. */
593 if (exit && freq != NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED)
594 return get_named_text_section (decl, ".text.exit", NULL);
595
596 /* Group cold functions together, similarly for hot code. */
597 switch (freq)
598 {
599 case NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED:
600 return get_named_text_section (decl, ".text.unlikely", NULL);
601 case NODE_FREQUENCY_HOT:
602 /* If we do have a profile or(and) LTO phase is executed, we do not need
603 these ELF section. */
604 if (!in_lto_p || !flag_profile_values)
605 return get_named_text_section (decl, ".text.hot", NULL);
606 /* FALLTHRU */
607 default:
608 return NULL;
609 }
610 }
611
612 /* Return the section for function DECL.
613
614 If DECL is NULL_TREE, return the text section. We can be passed
615 NULL_TREE under some circumstances by dbxout.c at least.
616
617 If FORCE_COLD is true, return cold function section ignoring
618 the frequency info of cgraph_node. */
619
620 static section *
621 function_section_1 (tree decl, bool force_cold)
622 {
623 section *section = NULL;
624 enum node_frequency freq = NODE_FREQUENCY_NORMAL;
625 bool startup = false, exit = false;
626
627 if (decl)
628 {
629 struct cgraph_node *node = cgraph_node::get (decl);
630
631 if (node)
632 {
633 freq = node->frequency;
634 startup = node->only_called_at_startup;
635 exit = node->only_called_at_exit;
636 }
637 }
638 if (force_cold)
639 freq = NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED;
640
641 #ifdef USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS
642 if (decl != NULL_TREE
643 && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) != NULL)
644 {
645 if (targetm.asm_out.function_section)
646 section = targetm.asm_out.function_section (decl, freq,
647 startup, exit);
648 if (section)
649 return section;
650 return get_named_section (decl, NULL, 0);
651 }
652 else
653 return targetm.asm_out.select_section
654 (decl, freq == NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED,
655 symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ());
656 #else
657 if (targetm.asm_out.function_section)
658 section = targetm.asm_out.function_section (decl, freq, startup, exit);
659 if (section)
660 return section;
661 return hot_function_section (decl);
662 #endif
663 }
664
665 /* Return the section for function DECL.
666
667 If DECL is NULL_TREE, return the text section. We can be passed
668 NULL_TREE under some circumstances by dbxout.c at least. */
669
670 section *
671 function_section (tree decl)
672 {
673 /* Handle cases where function splitting code decides
674 to put function entry point into unlikely executed section
675 despite the fact that the function itself is not cold
676 (i.e. it is called rarely but contains a hot loop that is
677 better to live in hot subsection for the code locality). */
678 return function_section_1 (decl,
679 first_function_block_is_cold);
680 }
681
682 /* Return the section for the current function, take IN_COLD_SECTION_P
683 into account. */
684
685 section *
686 current_function_section (void)
687 {
688 return function_section_1 (current_function_decl, in_cold_section_p);
689 }
690
691 /* Tell assembler to switch to unlikely-to-be-executed text section. */
692
693 section *
694 unlikely_text_section (void)
695 {
696 return function_section_1 (current_function_decl, true);
697 }
698
699 /* When called within a function context, return true if the function
700 has been assigned a cold text section and if SECT is that section.
701 When called outside a function context, return true if SECT is the
702 default cold section. */
703
704 bool
705 unlikely_text_section_p (section *sect)
706 {
707 return sect == function_section_1 (current_function_decl, true);
708 }
709
710 /* Switch to the other function partition (if inside of hot section
711 into cold section, otherwise into the hot section). */
712
713 void
714 switch_to_other_text_partition (void)
715 {
716 in_cold_section_p = !in_cold_section_p;
717 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
718 }
719
720 /* Return the read-only data section associated with function DECL. */
721
722 section *
723 default_function_rodata_section (tree decl)
724 {
725 if (decl != NULL_TREE && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
726 {
727 const char *name = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
728
729 if (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl) && HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP)
730 {
731 const char *dot;
732 size_t len;
733 char* rname;
734
735 dot = strchr (name + 1, '.');
736 if (!dot)
737 dot = name;
738 len = strlen (dot) + 8;
739 rname = (char *) alloca (len);
740
741 strcpy (rname, ".rodata");
742 strcat (rname, dot);
743 return get_section (rname, SECTION_LINKONCE, decl);
744 }
745 /* For .gnu.linkonce.t.foo we want to use .gnu.linkonce.r.foo. */
746 else if (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl)
747 && strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.t.", 16) == 0)
748 {
749 size_t len = strlen (name) + 1;
750 char *rname = (char *) alloca (len);
751
752 memcpy (rname, name, len);
753 rname[14] = 'r';
754 return get_section (rname, SECTION_LINKONCE, decl);
755 }
756 /* For .text.foo we want to use .rodata.foo. */
757 else if (flag_function_sections && flag_data_sections
758 && strncmp (name, ".text.", 6) == 0)
759 {
760 size_t len = strlen (name) + 1;
761 char *rname = (char *) alloca (len + 2);
762
763 memcpy (rname, ".rodata", 7);
764 memcpy (rname + 7, name + 5, len - 5);
765 return get_section (rname, 0, decl);
766 }
767 }
768
769 return readonly_data_section;
770 }
771
772 /* Return the read-only data section associated with function DECL
773 for targets where that section should be always the single
774 readonly data section. */
775
776 section *
777 default_no_function_rodata_section (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
778 {
779 return readonly_data_section;
780 }
781
782 /* A subroutine of mergeable_string_section and mergeable_constant_section. */
783
784 static const char *
785 function_mergeable_rodata_prefix (void)
786 {
787 section *s = targetm.asm_out.function_rodata_section (current_function_decl);
788 if (SECTION_STYLE (s) == SECTION_NAMED)
789 return s->named.name;
790 else
791 return targetm.asm_out.mergeable_rodata_prefix;
792 }
793
794 /* Return the section to use for string merging. */
795
796 static section *
797 mergeable_string_section (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
798 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
799 unsigned int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
800 {
801 HOST_WIDE_INT len;
802
803 if (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants
804 && TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST
805 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == ARRAY_TYPE
806 && align <= 256
807 && (len = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (decl))) > 0
808 && TREE_STRING_LENGTH (decl) >= len)
809 {
810 scalar_int_mode mode;
811 unsigned int modesize;
812 const char *str;
813 HOST_WIDE_INT i;
814 int j, unit;
815 const char *prefix = function_mergeable_rodata_prefix ();
816 char *name = (char *) alloca (strlen (prefix) + 30);
817
818 mode = SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
819 modesize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
820 if (modesize >= 8 && modesize <= 256
821 && (modesize & (modesize - 1)) == 0)
822 {
823 if (align < modesize)
824 align = modesize;
825
826 str = TREE_STRING_POINTER (decl);
827 unit = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
828
829 /* Check for embedded NUL characters. */
830 for (i = 0; i < len; i += unit)
831 {
832 for (j = 0; j < unit; j++)
833 if (str[i + j] != '\0')
834 break;
835 if (j == unit)
836 break;
837 }
838 if (i == len - unit)
839 {
840 sprintf (name, "%s.str%d.%d", prefix,
841 modesize / 8, (int) (align / 8));
842 flags |= (modesize / 8) | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS;
843 return get_section (name, flags, NULL);
844 }
845 }
846 }
847
848 return readonly_data_section;
849 }
850
851 /* Return the section to use for constant merging. */
852
853 section *
854 mergeable_constant_section (machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
855 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
856 unsigned int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
857 {
858 if (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants
859 && mode != VOIDmode
860 && mode != BLKmode
861 && known_le (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode), align)
862 && align >= 8
863 && align <= 256
864 && (align & (align - 1)) == 0)
865 {
866 const char *prefix = function_mergeable_rodata_prefix ();
867 char *name = (char *) alloca (strlen (prefix) + 30);
868
869 sprintf (name, "%s.cst%d", prefix, (int) (align / 8));
870 flags |= (align / 8) | SECTION_MERGE;
871 return get_section (name, flags, NULL);
872 }
873 return readonly_data_section;
874 }
875 \f
876 /* Given NAME, a putative register name, discard any customary prefixes. */
877
878 static const char *
879 strip_reg_name (const char *name)
880 {
881 #ifdef REGISTER_PREFIX
882 if (!strncmp (name, REGISTER_PREFIX, strlen (REGISTER_PREFIX)))
883 name += strlen (REGISTER_PREFIX);
884 #endif
885 if (name[0] == '%' || name[0] == '#')
886 name++;
887 return name;
888 }
889 \f
890 /* The user has asked for a DECL to have a particular name. Set (or
891 change) it in such a way that we don't prefix an underscore to
892 it. */
893 void
894 set_user_assembler_name (tree decl, const char *name)
895 {
896 char *starred = (char *) alloca (strlen (name) + 2);
897 starred[0] = '*';
898 strcpy (starred + 1, name);
899 symtab->change_decl_assembler_name (decl, get_identifier (starred));
900 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, NULL_RTX);
901 }
902 \f
903 /* Decode an `asm' spec for a declaration as a register name.
904 Return the register number, or -1 if nothing specified,
905 or -2 if the ASMSPEC is not `cc' or `memory' and is not recognized,
906 or -3 if ASMSPEC is `cc' and is not recognized,
907 or -4 if ASMSPEC is `memory' and is not recognized.
908 Accept an exact spelling or a decimal number.
909 Prefixes such as % are optional. */
910
911 int
912 decode_reg_name_and_count (const char *asmspec, int *pnregs)
913 {
914 /* Presume just one register is clobbered. */
915 *pnregs = 1;
916
917 if (asmspec != 0)
918 {
919 int i;
920
921 /* Get rid of confusing prefixes. */
922 asmspec = strip_reg_name (asmspec);
923
924 /* Allow a decimal number as a "register name". */
925 for (i = strlen (asmspec) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
926 if (! ISDIGIT (asmspec[i]))
927 break;
928 if (asmspec[0] != 0 && i < 0)
929 {
930 i = atoi (asmspec);
931 if (i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && i >= 0 && reg_names[i][0])
932 return i;
933 else
934 return -2;
935 }
936
937 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
938 if (reg_names[i][0]
939 && ! strcmp (asmspec, strip_reg_name (reg_names[i])))
940 return i;
941
942 #ifdef OVERLAPPING_REGISTER_NAMES
943 {
944 static const struct
945 {
946 const char *const name;
947 const int number;
948 const int nregs;
949 } table[] = OVERLAPPING_REGISTER_NAMES;
950
951 for (i = 0; i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (table); i++)
952 if (table[i].name[0]
953 && ! strcmp (asmspec, table[i].name))
954 {
955 *pnregs = table[i].nregs;
956 return table[i].number;
957 }
958 }
959 #endif /* OVERLAPPING_REGISTER_NAMES */
960
961 #ifdef ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES
962 {
963 static const struct { const char *const name; const int number; } table[]
964 = ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES;
965
966 for (i = 0; i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (table); i++)
967 if (table[i].name[0]
968 && ! strcmp (asmspec, table[i].name)
969 && reg_names[table[i].number][0])
970 return table[i].number;
971 }
972 #endif /* ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES */
973
974 if (!strcmp (asmspec, "memory"))
975 return -4;
976
977 if (!strcmp (asmspec, "cc"))
978 return -3;
979
980 return -2;
981 }
982
983 return -1;
984 }
985
986 int
987 decode_reg_name (const char *name)
988 {
989 int count;
990 return decode_reg_name_and_count (name, &count);
991 }
992
993 \f
994 /* Return true if DECL's initializer is suitable for a BSS section. */
995
996 bool
997 bss_initializer_p (const_tree decl, bool named)
998 {
999 /* Do not put non-common constants into the .bss section, they belong in
1000 a readonly section, except when NAMED is true. */
1001 return ((!TREE_READONLY (decl) || DECL_COMMON (decl) || named)
1002 && (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL
1003 /* In LTO we have no errors in program; error_mark_node is used
1004 to mark offlined constructors. */
1005 || (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node
1006 && !in_lto_p)
1007 || (flag_zero_initialized_in_bss
1008 && initializer_zerop (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))));
1009 }
1010
1011 /* Compute the alignment of variable specified by DECL.
1012 DONT_OUTPUT_DATA is from assemble_variable. */
1013
1014 void
1015 align_variable (tree decl, bool dont_output_data)
1016 {
1017 unsigned int align = DECL_ALIGN (decl);
1018
1019 /* In the case for initialing an array whose length isn't specified,
1020 where we have not yet been able to do the layout,
1021 figure out the proper alignment now. */
1022 if (dont_output_data && DECL_SIZE (decl) == 0
1023 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == ARRAY_TYPE)
1024 align = MAX (align, TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
1025
1026 /* Some object file formats have a maximum alignment which they support.
1027 In particular, a.out format supports a maximum alignment of 4. */
1028 if (align > MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT)
1029 {
1030 error ("alignment of %q+D is greater than maximum object "
1031 "file alignment %d", decl,
1032 MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT/BITS_PER_UNIT);
1033 align = MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT;
1034 }
1035
1036 if (! DECL_USER_ALIGN (decl))
1037 {
1038 #ifdef DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT
1039 unsigned int data_abi_align
1040 = DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
1041 /* For backwards compatibility, don't assume the ABI alignment for
1042 TLS variables. */
1043 if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || data_abi_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1044 align = data_abi_align;
1045 #endif
1046
1047 /* On some machines, it is good to increase alignment sometimes.
1048 But as DECL_ALIGN is used both for actually emitting the variable
1049 and for code accessing the variable as guaranteed alignment, we
1050 can only increase the alignment if it is a performance optimization
1051 if the references to it must bind to the current definition. */
1052 if (decl_binds_to_current_def_p (decl)
1053 && !DECL_VIRTUAL_P (decl))
1054 {
1055 #ifdef DATA_ALIGNMENT
1056 unsigned int data_align = DATA_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
1057 /* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS space
1058 is too precious. */
1059 if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || data_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1060 align = data_align;
1061 #endif
1062 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) != 0
1063 /* In LTO we have no errors in program; error_mark_node is used
1064 to mark offlined constructors. */
1065 && (in_lto_p || DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node))
1066 {
1067 unsigned int const_align
1068 = targetm.constant_alignment (DECL_INITIAL (decl), align);
1069 /* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS
1070 space is too precious. */
1071 if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || const_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1072 align = const_align;
1073 }
1074 }
1075 }
1076
1077 /* Reset the alignment in case we have made it tighter, so we can benefit
1078 from it in get_pointer_alignment. */
1079 SET_DECL_ALIGN (decl, align);
1080 }
1081
1082 /* Return DECL_ALIGN (decl), possibly increased for optimization purposes
1083 beyond what align_variable returned. */
1084
1085 static unsigned int
1086 get_variable_align (tree decl)
1087 {
1088 unsigned int align = DECL_ALIGN (decl);
1089
1090 /* For user aligned vars or static vars align_variable already did
1091 everything. */
1092 if (DECL_USER_ALIGN (decl) || !TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
1093 return align;
1094
1095 #ifdef DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT
1096 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
1097 align = DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
1098 #endif
1099
1100 /* For decls that bind to the current definition, align_variable
1101 did also everything, except for not assuming ABI required alignment
1102 of TLS variables. For other vars, increase the alignment here
1103 as an optimization. */
1104 if (!decl_binds_to_current_def_p (decl))
1105 {
1106 /* On some machines, it is good to increase alignment sometimes. */
1107 #ifdef DATA_ALIGNMENT
1108 unsigned int data_align = DATA_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
1109 /* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS space
1110 is too precious. */
1111 if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || data_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1112 align = data_align;
1113 #endif
1114 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) != 0
1115 /* In LTO we have no errors in program; error_mark_node is used
1116 to mark offlined constructors. */
1117 && (in_lto_p || DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node))
1118 {
1119 unsigned int const_align
1120 = targetm.constant_alignment (DECL_INITIAL (decl), align);
1121 /* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS space
1122 is too precious. */
1123 if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || const_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1124 align = const_align;
1125 }
1126 }
1127
1128 return align;
1129 }
1130
1131 /* Return the section into which the given VAR_DECL or CONST_DECL
1132 should be placed. PREFER_NOSWITCH_P is true if a noswitch
1133 section should be used wherever possible. */
1134
1135 section *
1136 get_variable_section (tree decl, bool prefer_noswitch_p)
1137 {
1138 addr_space_t as = ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC;
1139 int reloc;
1140 varpool_node *vnode = varpool_node::get (decl);
1141 if (vnode)
1142 {
1143 vnode = vnode->ultimate_alias_target ();
1144 decl = vnode->decl;
1145 }
1146
1147 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) != error_mark_node)
1148 as = TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (decl));
1149
1150 /* We need the constructor to figure out reloc flag. */
1151 if (vnode)
1152 vnode->get_constructor ();
1153
1154 if (DECL_COMMON (decl))
1155 {
1156 /* If the decl has been given an explicit section name, or it resides
1157 in a non-generic address space, then it isn't common, and shouldn't
1158 be handled as such. */
1159 gcc_assert (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) == NULL
1160 && ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (as));
1161 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
1162 return tls_comm_section;
1163 else if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && bss_initializer_p (decl))
1164 return comm_section;
1165 }
1166
1167 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)
1168 reloc = contains_pointers_p (TREE_TYPE (decl)) ? 3 : 0;
1169 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl))
1170 reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
1171 else
1172 reloc = 0;
1173
1174 resolve_unique_section (decl, reloc, flag_data_sections);
1175 if (IN_NAMED_SECTION (decl))
1176 {
1177 section *sect = get_named_section (decl, NULL, reloc);
1178
1179 if ((sect->common.flags & SECTION_BSS)
1180 && !bss_initializer_p (decl, true))
1181 {
1182 error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
1183 "only zero initializers are allowed in section %qs",
1184 sect->named.name);
1185 DECL_INITIAL (decl) = error_mark_node;
1186 }
1187 return sect;
1188 }
1189
1190 if (ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (as)
1191 && !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl)
1192 && !(prefer_noswitch_p && targetm.have_switchable_bss_sections)
1193 && bss_initializer_p (decl))
1194 {
1195 if (!TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
1196 && !((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
1197 && asan_protect_global (decl)))
1198 return lcomm_section;
1199 if (bss_noswitch_section)
1200 return bss_noswitch_section;
1201 }
1202
1203 return targetm.asm_out.select_section (decl, reloc,
1204 get_variable_align (decl));
1205 }
1206
1207 /* Return the block into which object_block DECL should be placed. */
1208
1209 static struct object_block *
1210 get_block_for_decl (tree decl)
1211 {
1212 section *sect;
1213
1214 if (VAR_P (decl))
1215 {
1216 /* The object must be defined in this translation unit. */
1217 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
1218 return NULL;
1219
1220 /* There's no point using object blocks for something that is
1221 isolated by definition. */
1222 if (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl))
1223 return NULL;
1224 }
1225
1226 /* We can only calculate block offsets if the decl has a known
1227 constant size. */
1228 if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl) == NULL)
1229 return NULL;
1230 if (!tree_fits_uhwi_p (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl)))
1231 return NULL;
1232
1233 /* Find out which section should contain DECL. We cannot put it into
1234 an object block if it requires a standalone definition. */
1235 if (VAR_P (decl))
1236 align_variable (decl, 0);
1237 sect = get_variable_section (decl, true);
1238 if (SECTION_STYLE (sect) == SECTION_NOSWITCH)
1239 return NULL;
1240
1241 return get_block_for_section (sect);
1242 }
1243
1244 /* Make sure block symbol SYMBOL is in block BLOCK. */
1245
1246 static void
1247 change_symbol_block (rtx symbol, struct object_block *block)
1248 {
1249 if (block != SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol))
1250 {
1251 gcc_assert (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) < 0);
1252 SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol) = block;
1253 }
1254 }
1255
1256 /* Return true if it is possible to put DECL in an object_block. */
1257
1258 static bool
1259 use_blocks_for_decl_p (tree decl)
1260 {
1261 struct symtab_node *snode;
1262
1263 /* Only data DECLs can be placed into object blocks. */
1264 if (!VAR_P (decl) && TREE_CODE (decl) != CONST_DECL)
1265 return false;
1266
1267 /* DECL_INITIAL (decl) set to decl is a hack used for some decls that
1268 are never used from code directly and we never want object block handling
1269 for those. */
1270 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == decl)
1271 return false;
1272
1273 /* If this decl is an alias, then we don't want to emit a
1274 definition. */
1275 if (VAR_P (decl)
1276 && (snode = symtab_node::get (decl)) != NULL
1277 && snode->alias)
1278 return false;
1279
1280 return targetm.use_blocks_for_decl_p (decl);
1281 }
1282
1283 /* Follow the IDENTIFIER_TRANSPARENT_ALIAS chain starting at *ALIAS
1284 until we find an identifier that is not itself a transparent alias.
1285 Modify the alias passed to it by reference (and all aliases on the
1286 way to the ultimate target), such that they do not have to be
1287 followed again, and return the ultimate target of the alias
1288 chain. */
1289
1290 static inline tree
1291 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (tree *alias)
1292 {
1293 tree target = *alias;
1294
1295 if (IDENTIFIER_TRANSPARENT_ALIAS (target))
1296 {
1297 gcc_assert (TREE_CHAIN (target));
1298 target = ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_CHAIN (target));
1299 gcc_assert (! IDENTIFIER_TRANSPARENT_ALIAS (target)
1300 && ! TREE_CHAIN (target));
1301 *alias = target;
1302 }
1303
1304 return target;
1305 }
1306
1307 /* Create the DECL_RTL for a VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL. DECL should
1308 have static storage duration. In other words, it should not be an
1309 automatic variable, including PARM_DECLs.
1310
1311 There is, however, one exception: this function handles variables
1312 explicitly placed in a particular register by the user.
1313
1314 This is never called for PARM_DECL nodes. */
1315
1316 void
1317 make_decl_rtl (tree decl)
1318 {
1319 const char *name = 0;
1320 int reg_number;
1321 tree id;
1322 rtx x;
1323
1324 /* Check that we are not being given an automatic variable. */
1325 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != PARM_DECL
1326 && TREE_CODE (decl) != RESULT_DECL);
1327
1328 /* A weak alias has TREE_PUBLIC set but not the other bits. */
1329 gcc_assert (!VAR_P (decl)
1330 || TREE_STATIC (decl)
1331 || TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
1332 || DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
1333 || DECL_REGISTER (decl));
1334
1335 /* And that we were not given a type or a label. */
1336 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != TYPE_DECL
1337 && TREE_CODE (decl) != LABEL_DECL);
1338
1339 /* For a duplicate declaration, we can be called twice on the
1340 same DECL node. Don't discard the RTL already made. */
1341 if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl))
1342 {
1343 /* If the old RTL had the wrong mode, fix the mode. */
1344 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
1345 if (GET_MODE (x) != DECL_MODE (decl))
1346 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, adjust_address_nv (x, DECL_MODE (decl), 0));
1347
1348 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
1349 return;
1350
1351 /* ??? Another way to do this would be to maintain a hashed
1352 table of such critters. Instead of adding stuff to a DECL
1353 to give certain attributes to it, we could use an external
1354 hash map from DECL to set of attributes. */
1355
1356 /* Let the target reassign the RTL if it wants.
1357 This is necessary, for example, when one machine specific
1358 decl attribute overrides another. */
1359 targetm.encode_section_info (decl, DECL_RTL (decl), false);
1360
1361 /* If the symbol has a SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK field, update it based
1362 on the new decl information. */
1363 if (MEM_P (x)
1364 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
1365 && SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (XEXP (x, 0)))
1366 change_symbol_block (XEXP (x, 0), get_block_for_decl (decl));
1367
1368 return;
1369 }
1370
1371 /* If this variable belongs to the global constant pool, retrieve the
1372 pre-computed RTL or recompute it in LTO mode. */
1373 if (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl))
1374 {
1375 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, output_constant_def (DECL_INITIAL (decl), 1));
1376 return;
1377 }
1378
1379 id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
1380 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
1381
1382 if (name[0] != '*' && TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL
1383 && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
1384 {
1385 error ("register name not specified for %q+D", decl);
1386 }
1387 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
1388 {
1389 const char *asmspec = name+1;
1390 machine_mode mode = DECL_MODE (decl);
1391 reg_number = decode_reg_name (asmspec);
1392 /* First detect errors in declaring global registers. */
1393 if (reg_number == -1)
1394 error ("register name not specified for %q+D", decl);
1395 else if (reg_number < 0)
1396 error ("invalid register name for %q+D", decl);
1397 else if (mode == BLKmode)
1398 error ("data type of %q+D isn%'t suitable for a register",
1399 decl);
1400 else if (!in_hard_reg_set_p (accessible_reg_set, mode, reg_number))
1401 error ("the register specified for %q+D cannot be accessed"
1402 " by the current target", decl);
1403 else if (!in_hard_reg_set_p (operand_reg_set, mode, reg_number))
1404 error ("the register specified for %q+D is not general enough"
1405 " to be used as a register variable", decl);
1406 else if (!targetm.hard_regno_mode_ok (reg_number, mode))
1407 error ("register specified for %q+D isn%'t suitable for data type",
1408 decl);
1409 /* Now handle properly declared static register variables. */
1410 else
1411 {
1412 int nregs;
1413
1414 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) != 0 && TREE_STATIC (decl))
1415 {
1416 DECL_INITIAL (decl) = 0;
1417 error ("global register variable has initial value");
1418 }
1419 if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl))
1420 warning (OPT_Wvolatile_register_var,
1421 "optimization may eliminate reads and/or "
1422 "writes to register variables");
1423
1424 /* If the user specified one of the eliminables registers here,
1425 e.g., FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, we don't want to get this variable
1426 confused with that register and be eliminated. This usage is
1427 somewhat suspect... */
1428
1429 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, gen_raw_REG (mode, reg_number));
1430 ORIGINAL_REGNO (DECL_RTL (decl)) = reg_number;
1431 REG_USERVAR_P (DECL_RTL (decl)) = 1;
1432
1433 if (TREE_STATIC (decl))
1434 {
1435 /* Make this register global, so not usable for anything
1436 else. */
1437 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_REGISTER_GLOBAL
1438 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (decl));
1439 ASM_DECLARE_REGISTER_GLOBAL (asm_out_file, decl, reg_number, name);
1440 #endif
1441 nregs = hard_regno_nregs (reg_number, mode);
1442 while (nregs > 0)
1443 globalize_reg (decl, reg_number + --nregs);
1444 }
1445
1446 /* As a register variable, it has no section. */
1447 return;
1448 }
1449 /* Avoid internal errors from invalid register
1450 specifications. */
1451 SET_DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl, NULL_TREE);
1452 DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl) = 0;
1453 /* Also avoid SSA inconsistencies by pretending this is an external
1454 decl now. */
1455 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
1456 return;
1457 }
1458 /* Now handle ordinary static variables and functions (in memory).
1459 Also handle vars declared register invalidly. */
1460 else if (name[0] == '*')
1461 {
1462 #ifdef REGISTER_PREFIX
1463 if (strlen (REGISTER_PREFIX) != 0)
1464 {
1465 reg_number = decode_reg_name (name);
1466 if (reg_number >= 0 || reg_number == -3)
1467 error ("register name given for non-register variable %q+D", decl);
1468 }
1469 #endif
1470 }
1471
1472 /* Specifying a section attribute on a variable forces it into a
1473 non-.bss section, and thus it cannot be common. */
1474 /* FIXME: In general this code should not be necessary because
1475 visibility pass is doing the same work. But notice_global_symbol
1476 is called early and it needs to make DECL_RTL to get the name.
1477 we take care of recomputing the DECL_RTL after visibility is changed. */
1478 if (VAR_P (decl)
1479 && (TREE_STATIC (decl) || DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
1480 && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) != NULL
1481 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE
1482 && DECL_COMMON (decl))
1483 DECL_COMMON (decl) = 0;
1484
1485 /* Variables can't be both common and weak. */
1486 if (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_WEAK (decl))
1487 DECL_COMMON (decl) = 0;
1488
1489 if (use_object_blocks_p () && use_blocks_for_decl_p (decl))
1490 x = create_block_symbol (name, get_block_for_decl (decl), -1);
1491 else
1492 {
1493 machine_mode address_mode = Pmode;
1494 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) != error_mark_node)
1495 {
1496 addr_space_t as = TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (decl));
1497 address_mode = targetm.addr_space.address_mode (as);
1498 }
1499 x = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (address_mode, name);
1500 }
1501 SYMBOL_REF_WEAK (x) = DECL_WEAK (decl);
1502 SET_SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x, decl);
1503
1504 x = gen_rtx_MEM (DECL_MODE (decl), x);
1505 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL)
1506 set_mem_attributes (x, decl, 1);
1507 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, x);
1508
1509 /* Optionally set flags or add text to the name to record information
1510 such as that it is a function name.
1511 If the name is changed, the macro ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF
1512 will have to know how to strip this information. */
1513 targetm.encode_section_info (decl, DECL_RTL (decl), true);
1514 }
1515
1516 /* Like make_decl_rtl, but inhibit creation of new alias sets when
1517 calling make_decl_rtl. Also, reset DECL_RTL before returning the
1518 rtl. */
1519
1520 rtx
1521 make_decl_rtl_for_debug (tree decl)
1522 {
1523 unsigned int save_aliasing_flag;
1524 rtx rtl;
1525
1526 if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl))
1527 return DECL_RTL (decl);
1528
1529 /* Kludge alert! Somewhere down the call chain, make_decl_rtl will
1530 call new_alias_set. If running with -fcompare-debug, sometimes
1531 we do not want to create alias sets that will throw the alias
1532 numbers off in the comparison dumps. So... clearing
1533 flag_strict_aliasing will keep new_alias_set() from creating a
1534 new set. */
1535 save_aliasing_flag = flag_strict_aliasing;
1536 flag_strict_aliasing = 0;
1537
1538 rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
1539 /* Reset DECL_RTL back, as various parts of the compiler expects
1540 DECL_RTL set meaning it is actually going to be output. */
1541 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, NULL);
1542
1543 flag_strict_aliasing = save_aliasing_flag;
1544 return rtl;
1545 }
1546 \f
1547 /* Output a string of literal assembler code
1548 for an `asm' keyword used between functions. */
1549
1550 void
1551 assemble_asm (tree string)
1552 {
1553 const char *p;
1554 app_enable ();
1555
1556 if (TREE_CODE (string) == ADDR_EXPR)
1557 string = TREE_OPERAND (string, 0);
1558
1559 p = TREE_STRING_POINTER (string);
1560 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s%s\n", p[0] == '\t' ? "" : "\t", p);
1561 }
1562
1563 /* Write the address of the entity given by SYMBOL to SEC. */
1564 void
1565 assemble_addr_to_section (rtx symbol, section *sec)
1566 {
1567 switch_to_section (sec);
1568 assemble_align (POINTER_SIZE);
1569 assemble_integer (symbol, POINTER_SIZE_UNITS, POINTER_SIZE, 1);
1570 }
1571
1572 /* Return the numbered .ctors.N (if CONSTRUCTOR_P) or .dtors.N (if
1573 not) section for PRIORITY. */
1574 section *
1575 get_cdtor_priority_section (int priority, bool constructor_p)
1576 {
1577 /* Buffer conservatively large enough for the full range of a 32-bit
1578 int plus the text below. */
1579 char buf[18];
1580
1581 /* ??? This only works reliably with the GNU linker. */
1582 sprintf (buf, "%s.%.5u",
1583 constructor_p ? ".ctors" : ".dtors",
1584 /* Invert the numbering so the linker puts us in the proper
1585 order; constructors are run from right to left, and the
1586 linker sorts in increasing order. */
1587 MAX_INIT_PRIORITY - priority);
1588 return get_section (buf, SECTION_WRITE, NULL);
1589 }
1590
1591 void
1592 default_named_section_asm_out_destructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
1593 {
1594 section *sec;
1595
1596 if (priority != DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY)
1597 sec = get_cdtor_priority_section (priority,
1598 /*constructor_p=*/false);
1599 else
1600 sec = get_section (".dtors", SECTION_WRITE, NULL);
1601
1602 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
1603 }
1604
1605 #ifdef DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
1606 void
1607 default_dtor_section_asm_out_destructor (rtx symbol,
1608 int priority ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1609 {
1610 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, dtors_section);
1611 }
1612 #endif
1613
1614 void
1615 default_named_section_asm_out_constructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
1616 {
1617 section *sec;
1618
1619 if (priority != DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY)
1620 sec = get_cdtor_priority_section (priority,
1621 /*constructor_p=*/true);
1622 else
1623 sec = get_section (".ctors", SECTION_WRITE, NULL);
1624
1625 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
1626 }
1627
1628 #ifdef CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
1629 void
1630 default_ctor_section_asm_out_constructor (rtx symbol,
1631 int priority ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1632 {
1633 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, ctors_section);
1634 }
1635 #endif
1636 \f
1637 /* CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION may be defined as an expression with
1638 a nonzero value if the constant pool should be output before the
1639 start of the function, or a zero value if the pool should output
1640 after the end of the function. The default is to put it before the
1641 start. */
1642
1643 #ifndef CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION
1644 #define CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION 1
1645 #endif
1646
1647 /* DECL is an object (either VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL) which is going
1648 to be output to assembler.
1649 Set first_global_object_name and weak_global_object_name as appropriate. */
1650
1651 void
1652 notice_global_symbol (tree decl)
1653 {
1654 const char **t = &first_global_object_name;
1655
1656 if (first_global_object_name
1657 || !TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
1658 || DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
1659 || !DECL_NAME (decl)
1660 || (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl))
1661 || (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL
1662 && (!VAR_P (decl)
1663 || (DECL_COMMON (decl)
1664 && (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == 0
1665 || DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)))))
1666 return;
1667
1668 /* We win when global object is found, but it is useful to know about weak
1669 symbol as well so we can produce nicer unique names. */
1670 if (DECL_WEAK (decl) || DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl) || flag_shlib)
1671 t = &weak_global_object_name;
1672
1673 if (!*t)
1674 {
1675 tree id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
1676 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
1677 *t = ggc_strdup (targetm.strip_name_encoding (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id)));
1678 }
1679 }
1680
1681 /* If not using flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition, decide early whether the
1682 current function goes into the cold section, so that targets can use
1683 current_function_section during RTL expansion. DECL describes the
1684 function. */
1685
1686 void
1687 decide_function_section (tree decl)
1688 {
1689 first_function_block_is_cold = false;
1690
1691 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
1692 {
1693 struct cgraph_node *node = cgraph_node::get (current_function_decl);
1694 /* Calls to function_section rely on first_function_block_is_cold
1695 being accurate. */
1696 first_function_block_is_cold = (node
1697 && node->frequency
1698 == NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED);
1699 }
1700
1701 in_cold_section_p = first_function_block_is_cold;
1702 }
1703
1704 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be
1705 different from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
1706 const char *
1707 get_fnname_from_decl (tree decl)
1708 {
1709 rtx x = DECL_RTL (decl);
1710 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
1711 x = XEXP (x, 0);
1712 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
1713 return XSTR (x, 0);
1714 }
1715
1716 /* Output assembler code for the constant pool of a function and associated
1717 with defining the name of the function. DECL describes the function.
1718 NAME is the function's name. For the constant pool, we use the current
1719 constant pool data. */
1720
1721 void
1722 assemble_start_function (tree decl, const char *fnname)
1723 {
1724 int align;
1725 char tmp_label[100];
1726 bool hot_label_written = false;
1727
1728 if (crtl->has_bb_partition)
1729 {
1730 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LHOTB", const_labelno);
1731 crtl->subsections.hot_section_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
1732 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LCOLDB", const_labelno);
1733 crtl->subsections.cold_section_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
1734 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LHOTE", const_labelno);
1735 crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
1736 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LCOLDE", const_labelno);
1737 crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
1738 const_labelno++;
1739 cold_function_name = NULL_TREE;
1740 }
1741 else
1742 {
1743 crtl->subsections.hot_section_label = NULL;
1744 crtl->subsections.cold_section_label = NULL;
1745 crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label = NULL;
1746 crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label = NULL;
1747 }
1748
1749 /* The following code does not need preprocessing in the assembler. */
1750
1751 app_disable ();
1752
1753 if (CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION)
1754 output_constant_pool (fnname, decl);
1755
1756 align = symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ();
1757
1758 /* Make sure the not and cold text (code) sections are properly
1759 aligned. This is necessary here in the case where the function
1760 has both hot and cold sections, because we don't want to re-set
1761 the alignment when the section switch happens mid-function. */
1762
1763 if (crtl->has_bb_partition)
1764 {
1765 first_function_block_is_cold = false;
1766
1767 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
1768 assemble_align (align);
1769 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.cold_section_label);
1770
1771 /* When the function starts with a cold section, we need to explicitly
1772 align the hot section and write out the hot section label.
1773 But if the current function is a thunk, we do not have a CFG. */
1774 if (!cfun->is_thunk
1775 && BB_PARTITION (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->next_bb) == BB_COLD_PARTITION)
1776 {
1777 switch_to_section (text_section);
1778 assemble_align (align);
1779 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.hot_section_label);
1780 hot_label_written = true;
1781 first_function_block_is_cold = true;
1782 }
1783 in_cold_section_p = first_function_block_is_cold;
1784 }
1785
1786
1787 /* Switch to the correct text section for the start of the function. */
1788
1789 switch_to_section (function_section (decl));
1790 if (crtl->has_bb_partition && !hot_label_written)
1791 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.hot_section_label);
1792
1793 /* Tell assembler to move to target machine's alignment for functions. */
1794 align = floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT);
1795 if (align > 0)
1796 {
1797 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align);
1798 }
1799
1800 /* Handle a user-specified function alignment.
1801 Note that we still need to align to DECL_ALIGN, as above,
1802 because ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN might not do any alignment at all. */
1803 if (! DECL_USER_ALIGN (decl)
1804 && align_functions.levels[0].log > align
1805 && optimize_function_for_speed_p (cfun))
1806 {
1807 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN
1808 int align_log = align_functions.levels[0].log;
1809 #endif
1810 int max_skip = align_functions.levels[0].maxskip;
1811 if (flag_limit_function_alignment && crtl->max_insn_address > 0
1812 && max_skip >= crtl->max_insn_address)
1813 max_skip = crtl->max_insn_address - 1;
1814
1815 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN
1816 ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align_log, max_skip);
1817 if (max_skip == align_functions.levels[0].maxskip)
1818 ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
1819 align_functions.levels[1].log,
1820 align_functions.levels[1].maxskip);
1821 #else
1822 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align_functions.levels[0].log);
1823 #endif
1824 }
1825
1826 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_PREFIX
1827 ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_PREFIX (asm_out_file, fnname);
1828 #endif
1829
1830 if (!DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
1831 (*debug_hooks->begin_function) (decl);
1832
1833 /* Make function name accessible from other files, if appropriate. */
1834
1835 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
1836 {
1837 notice_global_symbol (decl);
1838
1839 globalize_decl (decl);
1840
1841 maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
1842 }
1843
1844 if (DECL_PRESERVE_P (decl))
1845 targetm.asm_out.mark_decl_preserved (fnname);
1846
1847 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size = function_entry_patch_area_size;
1848 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_entry = function_entry_patch_area_start;
1849
1850 tree patchable_function_entry_attr
1851 = lookup_attribute ("patchable_function_entry", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl));
1852 if (patchable_function_entry_attr)
1853 {
1854 tree pp_val = TREE_VALUE (patchable_function_entry_attr);
1855 tree patchable_function_entry_value1 = TREE_VALUE (pp_val);
1856
1857 if (tree_fits_uhwi_p (patchable_function_entry_value1))
1858 patch_area_size = tree_to_uhwi (patchable_function_entry_value1);
1859 else
1860 gcc_unreachable ();
1861
1862 patch_area_entry = 0;
1863 if (list_length (pp_val) > 1)
1864 {
1865 tree patchable_function_entry_value2 =
1866 TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (pp_val));
1867
1868 if (tree_fits_uhwi_p (patchable_function_entry_value2))
1869 patch_area_entry = tree_to_uhwi (patchable_function_entry_value2);
1870 else
1871 gcc_unreachable ();
1872 }
1873 }
1874
1875 if (patch_area_entry > patch_area_size)
1876 {
1877 if (patch_area_size > 0)
1878 warning (OPT_Wattributes, "Patchable function entry > size");
1879 patch_area_entry = 0;
1880 }
1881
1882 /* Emit the patching area before the entry label, if any. */
1883 if (patch_area_entry > 0)
1884 targetm.asm_out.print_patchable_function_entry (asm_out_file,
1885 patch_area_entry, true);
1886
1887 /* Do any machine/system dependent processing of the function name. */
1888 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME
1889 ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME (asm_out_file, fnname, current_function_decl);
1890 #else
1891 /* Standard thing is just output label for the function. */
1892 ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL (asm_out_file, fnname, current_function_decl);
1893 #endif /* ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME */
1894
1895 /* And the area after the label. Record it if we haven't done so yet. */
1896 if (patch_area_size > patch_area_entry)
1897 targetm.asm_out.print_patchable_function_entry (asm_out_file,
1898 patch_area_size-patch_area_entry,
1899 patch_area_entry == 0);
1900
1901 if (lookup_attribute ("no_split_stack", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
1902 saw_no_split_stack = true;
1903 }
1904
1905 /* Output assembler code associated with defining the size of the
1906 function. DECL describes the function. NAME is the function's name. */
1907
1908 void
1909 assemble_end_function (tree decl, const char *fnname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1910 {
1911 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE
1912 /* We could have switched section in the middle of the function. */
1913 if (crtl->has_bb_partition)
1914 switch_to_section (function_section (decl));
1915 ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE (asm_out_file, fnname, decl);
1916 #endif
1917 if (! CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION)
1918 {
1919 output_constant_pool (fnname, decl);
1920 switch_to_section (function_section (decl)); /* need to switch back */
1921 }
1922 /* Output labels for end of hot/cold text sections (to be used by
1923 debug info.) */
1924 if (crtl->has_bb_partition)
1925 {
1926 section *save_text_section;
1927
1928 save_text_section = in_section;
1929 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
1930 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_COLD_FUNCTION_SIZE
1931 if (cold_function_name != NULL_TREE)
1932 ASM_DECLARE_COLD_FUNCTION_SIZE (asm_out_file,
1933 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (cold_function_name),
1934 decl);
1935 #endif
1936 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label);
1937 if (first_function_block_is_cold)
1938 switch_to_section (text_section);
1939 else
1940 switch_to_section (function_section (decl));
1941 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label);
1942 switch_to_section (save_text_section);
1943 }
1944 }
1945 \f
1946 /* Assemble code to leave SIZE bytes of zeros. */
1947
1948 void
1949 assemble_zeros (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size)
1950 {
1951 /* Do no output if -fsyntax-only. */
1952 if (flag_syntax_only)
1953 return;
1954
1955 #ifdef ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT
1956 /* The `space' pseudo in the text section outputs nop insns rather than 0s,
1957 so we must output 0s explicitly in the text section. */
1958 if (ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT && (in_section->common.flags & SECTION_CODE) != 0)
1959 {
1960 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT i;
1961 for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
1962 assemble_integer (const0_rtx, 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
1963 }
1964 else
1965 #endif
1966 if (size > 0)
1967 ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (asm_out_file, size);
1968 }
1969
1970 /* Assemble an alignment pseudo op for an ALIGN-bit boundary. */
1971
1972 void
1973 assemble_align (int align)
1974 {
1975 if (align > BITS_PER_UNIT)
1976 {
1977 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
1978 }
1979 }
1980
1981 /* Assemble a string constant with the specified C string as contents. */
1982
1983 void
1984 assemble_string (const char *p, int size)
1985 {
1986 int pos = 0;
1987 int maximum = 2000;
1988
1989 /* If the string is very long, split it up. */
1990
1991 while (pos < size)
1992 {
1993 int thissize = size - pos;
1994 if (thissize > maximum)
1995 thissize = maximum;
1996
1997 ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (asm_out_file, p, thissize);
1998
1999 pos += thissize;
2000 p += thissize;
2001 }
2002 }
2003
2004 \f
2005 /* A noswitch_section_callback for lcomm_section. */
2006
2007 static bool
2008 emit_local (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2009 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2010 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2011 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2012 {
2013 #if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL
2014 unsigned int align = symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ();
2015 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL (asm_out_file, decl, name,
2016 size, align);
2017 return true;
2018 #elif defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL
2019 unsigned int align = symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ();
2020 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, align);
2021 return true;
2022 #else
2023 ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, rounded);
2024 return false;
2025 #endif
2026 }
2027
2028 /* A noswitch_section_callback for bss_noswitch_section. */
2029
2030 #if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
2031 static bool
2032 emit_bss (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2033 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2034 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2035 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2036 {
2037 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS (asm_out_file, decl, name, size,
2038 get_variable_align (decl));
2039 return true;
2040 }
2041 #endif
2042
2043 /* A noswitch_section_callback for comm_section. */
2044
2045 static bool
2046 emit_common (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2047 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2048 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2049 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2050 {
2051 #if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_COMMON
2052 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_COMMON (asm_out_file, decl, name,
2053 size, get_variable_align (decl));
2054 return true;
2055 #elif defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON
2056 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON (asm_out_file, name, size,
2057 get_variable_align (decl));
2058 return true;
2059 #else
2060 ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON (asm_out_file, name, size, rounded);
2061 return false;
2062 #endif
2063 }
2064
2065 /* A noswitch_section_callback for tls_comm_section. */
2066
2067 static bool
2068 emit_tls_common (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2069 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2070 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2071 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2072 {
2073 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_TLS_COMMON
2074 ASM_OUTPUT_TLS_COMMON (asm_out_file, decl, name, size);
2075 return true;
2076 #else
2077 sorry ("thread-local COMMON data not implemented");
2078 return true;
2079 #endif
2080 }
2081
2082 /* Assemble DECL given that it belongs in SECTION_NOSWITCH section SECT.
2083 NAME is the name of DECL's SYMBOL_REF. */
2084
2085 static void
2086 assemble_noswitch_variable (tree decl, const char *name, section *sect,
2087 unsigned int align)
2088 {
2089 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, rounded;
2090
2091 size = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl));
2092 rounded = size;
2093
2094 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS) && asan_protect_global (decl))
2095 size += asan_red_zone_size (size);
2096
2097 /* Don't allocate zero bytes of common,
2098 since that means "undefined external" in the linker. */
2099 if (size == 0)
2100 rounded = 1;
2101
2102 /* Round size up to multiple of BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT bits
2103 so that each uninitialized object starts on such a boundary. */
2104 rounded += (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1;
2105 rounded = (rounded / (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT)
2106 * (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT));
2107
2108 if (!sect->noswitch.callback (decl, name, size, rounded)
2109 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (align / BITS_PER_UNIT) > rounded)
2110 error ("requested alignment for %q+D is greater than "
2111 "implemented alignment of %wu", decl, rounded);
2112 }
2113
2114 /* A subroutine of assemble_variable. Output the label and contents of
2115 DECL, whose address is a SYMBOL_REF with name NAME. DONT_OUTPUT_DATA
2116 is as for assemble_variable. */
2117
2118 static void
2119 assemble_variable_contents (tree decl, const char *name,
2120 bool dont_output_data)
2121 {
2122 /* Do any machine/system dependent processing of the object. */
2123 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME
2124 last_assemble_variable_decl = decl;
2125 ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME (asm_out_file, name, decl);
2126 #else
2127 /* Standard thing is just output label for the object. */
2128 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, name);
2129 #endif /* ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME */
2130
2131 if (!dont_output_data)
2132 {
2133 /* Caller is supposed to use varpool_get_constructor when it wants
2134 to output the body. */
2135 gcc_assert (!in_lto_p || DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node);
2136 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl)
2137 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node
2138 && !initializer_zerop (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
2139 /* Output the actual data. */
2140 output_constant (DECL_INITIAL (decl),
2141 tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl)),
2142 get_variable_align (decl),
2143 false);
2144 else
2145 /* Leave space for it. */
2146 assemble_zeros (tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl)));
2147 targetm.asm_out.decl_end ();
2148 }
2149 }
2150
2151 /* Write out assembly for the variable DECL, which is not defined in
2152 the current translation unit. */
2153 void
2154 assemble_undefined_decl (tree decl)
2155 {
2156 const char *name = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), 0);
2157 targetm.asm_out.assemble_undefined_decl (asm_out_file, name, decl);
2158 }
2159
2160 /* Assemble everything that is needed for a variable or function declaration.
2161 Not used for automatic variables, and not used for function definitions.
2162 Should not be called for variables of incomplete structure type.
2163
2164 TOP_LEVEL is nonzero if this variable has file scope.
2165 AT_END is nonzero if this is the special handling, at end of compilation,
2166 to define things that have had only tentative definitions.
2167 DONT_OUTPUT_DATA if nonzero means don't actually output the
2168 initial value (that will be done by the caller). */
2169
2170 void
2171 assemble_variable (tree decl, int top_level ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2172 int at_end ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, int dont_output_data)
2173 {
2174 const char *name;
2175 rtx decl_rtl, symbol;
2176 section *sect;
2177 unsigned int align;
2178 bool asan_protected = false;
2179
2180 /* This function is supposed to handle VARIABLES. Ensure we have one. */
2181 gcc_assert (VAR_P (decl));
2182
2183 /* Emulated TLS had better not get this far. */
2184 gcc_checking_assert (targetm.have_tls || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl));
2185
2186 last_assemble_variable_decl = 0;
2187
2188 /* Normally no need to say anything here for external references,
2189 since assemble_external is called by the language-specific code
2190 when a declaration is first seen. */
2191
2192 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
2193 return;
2194
2195 /* Do nothing for global register variables. */
2196 if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl) && REG_P (DECL_RTL (decl)))
2197 {
2198 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
2199 return;
2200 }
2201
2202 /* If type was incomplete when the variable was declared,
2203 see if it is complete now. */
2204
2205 if (DECL_SIZE (decl) == 0)
2206 layout_decl (decl, 0);
2207
2208 /* Still incomplete => don't allocate it; treat the tentative defn
2209 (which is what it must have been) as an `extern' reference. */
2210
2211 if (!dont_output_data && DECL_SIZE (decl) == 0)
2212 {
2213 error ("storage size of %q+D isn%'t known", decl);
2214 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
2215 return;
2216 }
2217
2218 /* The first declaration of a variable that comes through this function
2219 decides whether it is global (in C, has external linkage)
2220 or local (in C, has internal linkage). So do nothing more
2221 if this function has already run. */
2222
2223 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
2224 return;
2225
2226 /* Make sure targetm.encode_section_info is invoked before we set
2227 ASM_WRITTEN. */
2228 decl_rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
2229
2230 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
2231
2232 /* Do no output if -fsyntax-only. */
2233 if (flag_syntax_only)
2234 return;
2235
2236 if (! dont_output_data
2237 && ! valid_constant_size_p (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl)))
2238 {
2239 error ("size of variable %q+D is too large", decl);
2240 return;
2241 }
2242
2243 gcc_assert (MEM_P (decl_rtl));
2244 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (decl_rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF);
2245 symbol = XEXP (decl_rtl, 0);
2246
2247 /* If this symbol belongs to the tree constant pool, output the constant
2248 if it hasn't already been written. */
2249 if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
2250 {
2251 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
2252 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
2253 output_constant_def_contents (symbol);
2254 return;
2255 }
2256
2257 app_disable ();
2258
2259 name = XSTR (symbol, 0);
2260 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && DECL_NAME (decl))
2261 notice_global_symbol (decl);
2262
2263 /* Compute the alignment of this data. */
2264
2265 align_variable (decl, dont_output_data);
2266
2267 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
2268 && asan_protect_global (decl))
2269 {
2270 asan_protected = true;
2271 SET_DECL_ALIGN (decl, MAX (DECL_ALIGN (decl),
2272 ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT));
2273 }
2274
2275 set_mem_align (decl_rtl, DECL_ALIGN (decl));
2276
2277 align = get_variable_align (decl);
2278
2279 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
2280 maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
2281
2282 if (DECL_PRESERVE_P (decl))
2283 targetm.asm_out.mark_decl_preserved (name);
2284
2285 /* First make the assembler name(s) global if appropriate. */
2286 sect = get_variable_section (decl, false);
2287 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
2288 && (sect->common.flags & SECTION_COMMON) == 0)
2289 globalize_decl (decl);
2290
2291 /* Output any data that we will need to use the address of. */
2292 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node)
2293 output_addressed_constants (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
2294
2295 /* dbxout.c needs to know this. */
2296 if (sect && (sect->common.flags & SECTION_CODE) != 0)
2297 DECL_IN_TEXT_SECTION (decl) = 1;
2298
2299 /* If the decl is part of an object_block, make sure that the decl
2300 has been positioned within its block, but do not write out its
2301 definition yet. output_object_blocks will do that later. */
2302 if (SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (symbol) && SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol))
2303 {
2304 gcc_assert (!dont_output_data);
2305 place_block_symbol (symbol);
2306 }
2307 else if (SECTION_STYLE (sect) == SECTION_NOSWITCH)
2308 assemble_noswitch_variable (decl, name, sect, align);
2309 else
2310 {
2311 /* Special-case handling of vtv comdat sections. */
2312 if (sect->named.name
2313 && (strcmp (sect->named.name, ".vtable_map_vars") == 0))
2314 handle_vtv_comdat_section (sect, decl);
2315 else
2316 switch_to_section (sect);
2317 if (align > BITS_PER_UNIT)
2318 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
2319 assemble_variable_contents (decl, name, dont_output_data);
2320 if (asan_protected)
2321 {
2322 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT int size
2323 = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl));
2324 assemble_zeros (asan_red_zone_size (size));
2325 }
2326 }
2327 }
2328
2329
2330 /* Given a function declaration (FN_DECL), this function assembles the
2331 function into the .preinit_array section. */
2332
2333 void
2334 assemble_vtv_preinit_initializer (tree fn_decl)
2335 {
2336 section *sect;
2337 unsigned flags = SECTION_WRITE;
2338 rtx symbol = XEXP (DECL_RTL (fn_decl), 0);
2339
2340 flags |= SECTION_NOTYPE;
2341 sect = get_section (".preinit_array", flags, fn_decl);
2342 switch_to_section (sect);
2343 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sect);
2344 }
2345
2346 /* Return 1 if type TYPE contains any pointers. */
2347
2348 static int
2349 contains_pointers_p (tree type)
2350 {
2351 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
2352 {
2353 case POINTER_TYPE:
2354 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
2355 /* I'm not sure whether OFFSET_TYPE needs this treatment,
2356 so I'll play safe and return 1. */
2357 case OFFSET_TYPE:
2358 return 1;
2359
2360 case RECORD_TYPE:
2361 case UNION_TYPE:
2362 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
2363 {
2364 tree fields;
2365 /* For a type that has fields, see if the fields have pointers. */
2366 for (fields = TYPE_FIELDS (type); fields; fields = DECL_CHAIN (fields))
2367 if (TREE_CODE (fields) == FIELD_DECL
2368 && contains_pointers_p (TREE_TYPE (fields)))
2369 return 1;
2370 return 0;
2371 }
2372
2373 case ARRAY_TYPE:
2374 /* An array type contains pointers if its element type does. */
2375 return contains_pointers_p (TREE_TYPE (type));
2376
2377 default:
2378 return 0;
2379 }
2380 }
2381
2382 /* We delay assemble_external processing until
2383 the compilation unit is finalized. This is the best we can do for
2384 right now (i.e. stage 3 of GCC 4.0) - the right thing is to delay
2385 it all the way to final. See PR 17982 for further discussion. */
2386 static GTY(()) tree pending_assemble_externals;
2387
2388 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
2389 /* Some targets delay some output to final using TARGET_ASM_FILE_END.
2390 As a result, assemble_external can be called after the list of externals
2391 is processed and the pointer set destroyed. */
2392 static bool pending_assemble_externals_processed;
2393
2394 /* Avoid O(external_decls**2) lookups in the pending_assemble_externals
2395 TREE_LIST in assemble_external. */
2396 static hash_set<tree> *pending_assemble_externals_set;
2397
2398 /* True if DECL is a function decl for which no out-of-line copy exists.
2399 It is assumed that DECL's assembler name has been set. */
2400
2401 static bool
2402 incorporeal_function_p (tree decl)
2403 {
2404 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && fndecl_built_in_p (decl))
2405 {
2406 const char *name;
2407
2408 if (DECL_BUILT_IN_CLASS (decl) == BUILT_IN_NORMAL
2409 && ALLOCA_FUNCTION_CODE_P (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (decl)))
2410 return true;
2411
2412 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
2413 /* Atomic or sync builtins which have survived this far will be
2414 resolved externally and therefore are not incorporeal. */
2415 if (strncmp (name, "__builtin_", 10) == 0)
2416 return true;
2417 }
2418 return false;
2419 }
2420
2421 /* Actually do the tests to determine if this is necessary, and invoke
2422 ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL. */
2423 static void
2424 assemble_external_real (tree decl)
2425 {
2426 rtx rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
2427
2428 if (MEM_P (rtl) && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
2429 && !SYMBOL_REF_USED (XEXP (rtl, 0))
2430 && !incorporeal_function_p (decl))
2431 {
2432 /* Some systems do require some output. */
2433 SYMBOL_REF_USED (XEXP (rtl, 0)) = 1;
2434 ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL (asm_out_file, decl, XSTR (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0));
2435 }
2436 }
2437 #endif
2438
2439 void
2440 process_pending_assemble_externals (void)
2441 {
2442 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
2443 tree list;
2444 for (list = pending_assemble_externals; list; list = TREE_CHAIN (list))
2445 assemble_external_real (TREE_VALUE (list));
2446
2447 pending_assemble_externals = 0;
2448 pending_assemble_externals_processed = true;
2449 delete pending_assemble_externals_set;
2450 #endif
2451 }
2452
2453 /* This TREE_LIST contains any weak symbol declarations waiting
2454 to be emitted. */
2455 static GTY(()) tree weak_decls;
2456
2457 /* Output something to declare an external symbol to the assembler,
2458 and qualifiers such as weakness. (Most assemblers don't need
2459 extern declaration, so we normally output nothing.) Do nothing if
2460 DECL is not external. */
2461
2462 void
2463 assemble_external (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2464 {
2465 /* Make sure that the ASM_OUT_FILE is open.
2466 If it's not, we should not be calling this function. */
2467 gcc_assert (asm_out_file);
2468
2469 /* In a perfect world, the following condition would be true.
2470 Sadly, the Go front end emit assembly *from the front end*,
2471 bypassing the call graph. See PR52739. Fix before GCC 4.8. */
2472 #if 0
2473 /* This function should only be called if we are expanding, or have
2474 expanded, to RTL.
2475 Ideally, only final.c would be calling this function, but it is
2476 not clear whether that would break things somehow. See PR 17982
2477 for further discussion. */
2478 gcc_assert (state == EXPANSION
2479 || state == FINISHED);
2480 #endif
2481
2482 if (!DECL_P (decl) || !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) || !TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
2483 return;
2484
2485 /* We want to output annotation for weak and external symbols at
2486 very last to check if they are references or not. */
2487
2488 if (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK
2489 && DECL_WEAK (decl)
2490 /* TREE_STATIC is a weird and abused creature which is not
2491 generally the right test for whether an entity has been
2492 locally emitted, inlined or otherwise not-really-extern, but
2493 for declarations that can be weak, it happens to be
2494 match. */
2495 && !TREE_STATIC (decl)
2496 && lookup_attribute ("weak", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl))
2497 && value_member (decl, weak_decls) == NULL_TREE)
2498 weak_decls = tree_cons (NULL, decl, weak_decls);
2499
2500 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
2501 if (pending_assemble_externals_processed)
2502 {
2503 assemble_external_real (decl);
2504 return;
2505 }
2506
2507 if (! pending_assemble_externals_set->add (decl))
2508 pending_assemble_externals = tree_cons (NULL, decl,
2509 pending_assemble_externals);
2510 #endif
2511 }
2512
2513 /* Similar, for calling a library function FUN. */
2514
2515 void
2516 assemble_external_libcall (rtx fun)
2517 {
2518 /* Declare library function name external when first used, if nec. */
2519 if (! SYMBOL_REF_USED (fun))
2520 {
2521 SYMBOL_REF_USED (fun) = 1;
2522 targetm.asm_out.external_libcall (fun);
2523 }
2524 }
2525
2526 /* Assemble a label named NAME. */
2527
2528 void
2529 assemble_label (FILE *file, const char *name)
2530 {
2531 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (file, name);
2532 }
2533
2534 /* Set the symbol_referenced flag for ID. */
2535 void
2536 mark_referenced (tree id)
2537 {
2538 TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (id) = 1;
2539 }
2540
2541 /* Set the symbol_referenced flag for DECL and notify callgraph. */
2542 void
2543 mark_decl_referenced (tree decl)
2544 {
2545 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
2546 {
2547 /* Extern inline functions don't become needed when referenced.
2548 If we know a method will be emitted in other TU and no new
2549 functions can be marked reachable, just use the external
2550 definition. */
2551 struct cgraph_node *node = cgraph_node::get_create (decl);
2552 if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
2553 && !node->definition)
2554 node->mark_force_output ();
2555 }
2556 else if (VAR_P (decl))
2557 {
2558 varpool_node *node = varpool_node::get_create (decl);
2559 /* C++ frontend use mark_decl_references to force COMDAT variables
2560 to be output that might appear dead otherwise. */
2561 node->force_output = true;
2562 }
2563 /* else do nothing - we can get various sorts of CST nodes here,
2564 which do not need to be marked. */
2565 }
2566
2567
2568 /* Output to FILE (an assembly file) a reference to NAME. If NAME
2569 starts with a *, the rest of NAME is output verbatim. Otherwise
2570 NAME is transformed in a target-specific way (usually by the
2571 addition of an underscore). */
2572
2573 void
2574 assemble_name_raw (FILE *file, const char *name)
2575 {
2576 if (name[0] == '*')
2577 fputs (&name[1], file);
2578 else
2579 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF (file, name);
2580 }
2581
2582 /* Like assemble_name_raw, but should be used when NAME might refer to
2583 an entity that is also represented as a tree (like a function or
2584 variable). If NAME does refer to such an entity, that entity will
2585 be marked as referenced. */
2586
2587 void
2588 assemble_name (FILE *file, const char *name)
2589 {
2590 const char *real_name;
2591 tree id;
2592
2593 real_name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
2594
2595 id = maybe_get_identifier (real_name);
2596 if (id)
2597 {
2598 tree id_orig = id;
2599
2600 mark_referenced (id);
2601 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
2602 if (id != id_orig)
2603 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
2604 gcc_assert (! TREE_CHAIN (id));
2605 }
2606
2607 assemble_name_raw (file, name);
2608 }
2609
2610 /* Allocate SIZE bytes writable static space with a gensym name
2611 and return an RTX to refer to its address. */
2612
2613 rtx
2614 assemble_static_space (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size)
2615 {
2616 char name[17];
2617 const char *namestring;
2618 rtx x;
2619
2620 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (name, "LF", const_labelno);
2621 ++const_labelno;
2622 namestring = ggc_strdup (name);
2623
2624 x = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, namestring);
2625 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (x) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2626
2627 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL
2628 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL (asm_out_file, NULL_TREE, name, size,
2629 BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT);
2630 #else
2631 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL
2632 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT);
2633 #else
2634 {
2635 /* Round size up to multiple of BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT bits
2636 so that each uninitialized object starts on such a boundary. */
2637 /* Variable `rounded' might or might not be used in ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL. */
2638 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
2639 = ((size + (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1)
2640 / (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT)
2641 * (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT));
2642 ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, rounded);
2643 }
2644 #endif
2645 #endif
2646 return x;
2647 }
2648
2649 /* Assemble the static constant template for function entry trampolines.
2650 This is done at most once per compilation.
2651 Returns an RTX for the address of the template. */
2652
2653 static GTY(()) rtx initial_trampoline;
2654
2655 rtx
2656 assemble_trampoline_template (void)
2657 {
2658 char label[256];
2659 const char *name;
2660 int align;
2661 rtx symbol;
2662
2663 gcc_assert (targetm.asm_out.trampoline_template != NULL);
2664
2665 if (initial_trampoline)
2666 return initial_trampoline;
2667
2668 /* By default, put trampoline templates in read-only data section. */
2669
2670 #ifdef TRAMPOLINE_SECTION
2671 switch_to_section (TRAMPOLINE_SECTION);
2672 #else
2673 switch_to_section (readonly_data_section);
2674 #endif
2675
2676 /* Write the assembler code to define one. */
2677 align = floor_log2 (TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT);
2678 if (align > 0)
2679 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align);
2680
2681 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, "LTRAMP", 0);
2682 targetm.asm_out.trampoline_template (asm_out_file);
2683
2684 /* Record the rtl to refer to it. */
2685 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LTRAMP", 0);
2686 name = ggc_strdup (label);
2687 symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, name);
2688 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2689
2690 initial_trampoline = gen_const_mem (BLKmode, symbol);
2691 set_mem_align (initial_trampoline, TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT);
2692 set_mem_size (initial_trampoline, TRAMPOLINE_SIZE);
2693
2694 return initial_trampoline;
2695 }
2696 \f
2697 /* A and B are either alignments or offsets. Return the minimum alignment
2698 that may be assumed after adding the two together. */
2699
2700 static inline unsigned
2701 min_align (unsigned int a, unsigned int b)
2702 {
2703 return least_bit_hwi (a | b);
2704 }
2705
2706 /* Return the assembler directive for creating a given kind of integer
2707 object. SIZE is the number of bytes in the object and ALIGNED_P
2708 indicates whether it is known to be aligned. Return NULL if the
2709 assembly dialect has no such directive.
2710
2711 The returned string should be printed at the start of a new line and
2712 be followed immediately by the object's initial value. */
2713
2714 const char *
2715 integer_asm_op (int size, int aligned_p)
2716 {
2717 struct asm_int_op *ops;
2718
2719 if (aligned_p)
2720 ops = &targetm.asm_out.aligned_op;
2721 else
2722 ops = &targetm.asm_out.unaligned_op;
2723
2724 switch (size)
2725 {
2726 case 1:
2727 return targetm.asm_out.byte_op;
2728 case 2:
2729 return ops->hi;
2730 case 4:
2731 return ops->si;
2732 case 8:
2733 return ops->di;
2734 case 16:
2735 return ops->ti;
2736 default:
2737 return NULL;
2738 }
2739 }
2740
2741 /* Use directive OP to assemble an integer object X. Print OP at the
2742 start of the line, followed immediately by the value of X. */
2743
2744 void
2745 assemble_integer_with_op (const char *op, rtx x)
2746 {
2747 fputs (op, asm_out_file);
2748 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, x);
2749 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
2750 }
2751
2752 /* The default implementation of the asm_out.integer target hook. */
2753
2754 bool
2755 default_assemble_integer (rtx x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2756 unsigned int size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2757 int aligned_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2758 {
2759 const char *op = integer_asm_op (size, aligned_p);
2760 /* Avoid GAS bugs for large values. Specifically negative values whose
2761 absolute value fits in a bfd_vma, but not in a bfd_signed_vma. */
2762 if (size > UNITS_PER_WORD && size > POINTER_SIZE_UNITS)
2763 return false;
2764 return op && (assemble_integer_with_op (op, x), true);
2765 }
2766
2767 /* Assemble the integer constant X into an object of SIZE bytes. ALIGN is
2768 the alignment of the integer in bits. Return 1 if we were able to output
2769 the constant, otherwise 0. We must be able to output the constant,
2770 if FORCE is nonzero. */
2771
2772 bool
2773 assemble_integer (rtx x, unsigned int size, unsigned int align, int force)
2774 {
2775 int aligned_p;
2776
2777 aligned_p = (align >= MIN (size * BITS_PER_UNIT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT));
2778
2779 /* See if the target hook can handle this kind of object. */
2780 if (targetm.asm_out.integer (x, size, aligned_p))
2781 return true;
2782
2783 /* If the object is a multi-byte one, try splitting it up. Split
2784 it into words it if is multi-word, otherwise split it into bytes. */
2785 if (size > 1)
2786 {
2787 machine_mode omode, imode;
2788 unsigned int subalign;
2789 unsigned int subsize, i;
2790 enum mode_class mclass;
2791
2792 subsize = size > UNITS_PER_WORD? UNITS_PER_WORD : 1;
2793 subalign = MIN (align, subsize * BITS_PER_UNIT);
2794 if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_FIXED)
2795 mclass = GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x));
2796 else
2797 mclass = MODE_INT;
2798
2799 omode = mode_for_size (subsize * BITS_PER_UNIT, mclass, 0).require ();
2800 imode = mode_for_size (size * BITS_PER_UNIT, mclass, 0).require ();
2801
2802 for (i = 0; i < size; i += subsize)
2803 {
2804 rtx partial = simplify_subreg (omode, x, imode, i);
2805 if (!partial || !assemble_integer (partial, subsize, subalign, 0))
2806 break;
2807 }
2808 if (i == size)
2809 return true;
2810
2811 /* If we've printed some of it, but not all of it, there's no going
2812 back now. */
2813 gcc_assert (!i);
2814 }
2815
2816 gcc_assert (!force);
2817
2818 return false;
2819 }
2820 \f
2821 /* Assemble the floating-point constant D into an object of size MODE. ALIGN
2822 is the alignment of the constant in bits. If REVERSE is true, D is output
2823 in reverse storage order. */
2824
2825 void
2826 assemble_real (REAL_VALUE_TYPE d, scalar_float_mode mode, unsigned int align,
2827 bool reverse)
2828 {
2829 long data[4] = {0, 0, 0, 0};
2830 int bitsize, nelts, nunits, units_per;
2831 rtx elt;
2832
2833 /* This is hairy. We have a quantity of known size. real_to_target
2834 will put it into an array of *host* longs, 32 bits per element
2835 (even if long is more than 32 bits). We need to determine the
2836 number of array elements that are occupied (nelts) and the number
2837 of *target* min-addressable units that will be occupied in the
2838 object file (nunits). We cannot assume that 32 divides the
2839 mode's bitsize (size * BITS_PER_UNIT) evenly.
2840
2841 size * BITS_PER_UNIT is used here to make sure that padding bits
2842 (which might appear at either end of the value; real_to_target
2843 will include the padding bits in its output array) are included. */
2844
2845 nunits = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
2846 bitsize = nunits * BITS_PER_UNIT;
2847 nelts = CEIL (bitsize, 32);
2848 units_per = 32 / BITS_PER_UNIT;
2849
2850 real_to_target (data, &d, mode);
2851
2852 /* Put out the first word with the specified alignment. */
2853 if (reverse)
2854 elt = flip_storage_order (SImode, gen_int_mode (data[nelts - 1], SImode));
2855 else
2856 elt = GEN_INT (data[0]);
2857 assemble_integer (elt, MIN (nunits, units_per), align, 1);
2858 nunits -= units_per;
2859
2860 /* Subsequent words need only 32-bit alignment. */
2861 align = min_align (align, 32);
2862
2863 for (int i = 1; i < nelts; i++)
2864 {
2865 if (reverse)
2866 elt = flip_storage_order (SImode,
2867 gen_int_mode (data[nelts - 1 - i], SImode));
2868 else
2869 elt = GEN_INT (data[i]);
2870 assemble_integer (elt, MIN (nunits, units_per), align, 1);
2871 nunits -= units_per;
2872 }
2873 }
2874 \f
2875 /* Given an expression EXP with a constant value,
2876 reduce it to the sum of an assembler symbol and an integer.
2877 Store them both in the structure *VALUE.
2878 EXP must be reducible. */
2879
2880 struct addr_const {
2881 rtx base;
2882 poly_int64 offset;
2883 };
2884
2885 static void
2886 decode_addr_const (tree exp, struct addr_const *value)
2887 {
2888 tree target = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
2889 poly_int64 offset = 0;
2890 rtx x;
2891
2892 while (1)
2893 {
2894 poly_int64 bytepos;
2895 if (TREE_CODE (target) == COMPONENT_REF
2896 && poly_int_tree_p (byte_position (TREE_OPERAND (target, 1)),
2897 &bytepos))
2898 {
2899 offset += bytepos;
2900 target = TREE_OPERAND (target, 0);
2901 }
2902 else if (TREE_CODE (target) == ARRAY_REF
2903 || TREE_CODE (target) == ARRAY_RANGE_REF)
2904 {
2905 /* Truncate big offset. */
2906 offset
2907 += (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (target)))
2908 * wi::to_poly_widest (TREE_OPERAND (target, 1)).force_shwi ());
2909 target = TREE_OPERAND (target, 0);
2910 }
2911 else if (TREE_CODE (target) == MEM_REF
2912 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR)
2913 {
2914 offset += mem_ref_offset (target).force_shwi ();
2915 target = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0), 0);
2916 }
2917 else if (TREE_CODE (target) == INDIRECT_REF
2918 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0)) == NOP_EXPR
2919 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0), 0))
2920 == ADDR_EXPR)
2921 target = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0), 0), 0);
2922 else
2923 break;
2924 }
2925
2926 switch (TREE_CODE (target))
2927 {
2928 case VAR_DECL:
2929 case FUNCTION_DECL:
2930 x = DECL_RTL (target);
2931 break;
2932
2933 case LABEL_DECL:
2934 x = gen_rtx_MEM (FUNCTION_MODE,
2935 gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, force_label_rtx (target)));
2936 break;
2937
2938 case REAL_CST:
2939 case FIXED_CST:
2940 case STRING_CST:
2941 case COMPLEX_CST:
2942 case CONSTRUCTOR:
2943 case INTEGER_CST:
2944 x = output_constant_def (target, 1);
2945 break;
2946
2947 case INDIRECT_REF:
2948 /* This deals with absolute addresses. */
2949 offset += tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0));
2950 x = gen_rtx_MEM (QImode,
2951 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "origin of addresses"));
2952 break;
2953
2954 default:
2955 gcc_unreachable ();
2956 }
2957
2958 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
2959 x = XEXP (x, 0);
2960
2961 value->base = x;
2962 value->offset = offset;
2963 }
2964 \f
2965 static GTY(()) hash_table<tree_descriptor_hasher> *const_desc_htab;
2966
2967 static void maybe_output_constant_def_contents (struct constant_descriptor_tree *, int);
2968
2969 /* Constant pool accessor function. */
2970
2971 hash_table<tree_descriptor_hasher> *
2972 constant_pool_htab (void)
2973 {
2974 return const_desc_htab;
2975 }
2976
2977 /* Compute a hash code for a constant expression. */
2978
2979 hashval_t
2980 tree_descriptor_hasher::hash (constant_descriptor_tree *ptr)
2981 {
2982 return ptr->hash;
2983 }
2984
2985 static hashval_t
2986 const_hash_1 (const tree exp)
2987 {
2988 const char *p;
2989 hashval_t hi;
2990 int len, i;
2991 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (exp);
2992
2993 /* Either set P and LEN to the address and len of something to hash and
2994 exit the switch or return a value. */
2995
2996 switch (code)
2997 {
2998 case INTEGER_CST:
2999 p = (char *) &TREE_INT_CST_ELT (exp, 0);
3000 len = TREE_INT_CST_NUNITS (exp) * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
3001 break;
3002
3003 case REAL_CST:
3004 return real_hash (TREE_REAL_CST_PTR (exp));
3005
3006 case FIXED_CST:
3007 return fixed_hash (TREE_FIXED_CST_PTR (exp));
3008
3009 case STRING_CST:
3010 p = TREE_STRING_POINTER (exp);
3011 len = TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp);
3012 break;
3013
3014 case COMPLEX_CST:
3015 return (const_hash_1 (TREE_REALPART (exp)) * 5
3016 + const_hash_1 (TREE_IMAGPART (exp)));
3017
3018 case VECTOR_CST:
3019 {
3020 hi = 7 + VECTOR_CST_NPATTERNS (exp);
3021 hi = hi * 563 + VECTOR_CST_NELTS_PER_PATTERN (exp);
3022 unsigned int count = vector_cst_encoded_nelts (exp);
3023 for (unsigned int i = 0; i < count; ++i)
3024 hi = hi * 563 + const_hash_1 (VECTOR_CST_ENCODED_ELT (exp, i));
3025 return hi;
3026 }
3027
3028 case CONSTRUCTOR:
3029 {
3030 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
3031 tree value;
3032
3033 hi = 5 + int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
3034
3035 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, value)
3036 if (value)
3037 hi = hi * 603 + const_hash_1 (value);
3038
3039 return hi;
3040 }
3041
3042 case ADDR_EXPR:
3043 case FDESC_EXPR:
3044 {
3045 struct addr_const value;
3046
3047 decode_addr_const (exp, &value);
3048 switch (GET_CODE (value.base))
3049 {
3050 case SYMBOL_REF:
3051 /* Don't hash the address of the SYMBOL_REF;
3052 only use the offset and the symbol name. */
3053 hi = value.offset.coeffs[0];
3054 p = XSTR (value.base, 0);
3055 for (i = 0; p[i] != 0; i++)
3056 hi = ((hi * 613) + (unsigned) (p[i]));
3057 break;
3058
3059 case LABEL_REF:
3060 hi = (value.offset.coeffs[0]
3061 + CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label_ref_label (value.base)) * 13);
3062 break;
3063
3064 default:
3065 gcc_unreachable ();
3066 }
3067 }
3068 return hi;
3069
3070 case PLUS_EXPR:
3071 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
3072 case MINUS_EXPR:
3073 return (const_hash_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) * 9
3074 + const_hash_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)));
3075
3076 CASE_CONVERT:
3077 return const_hash_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) * 7 + 2;
3078
3079 default:
3080 /* A language specific constant. Just hash the code. */
3081 return code;
3082 }
3083
3084 /* Compute hashing function. */
3085 hi = len;
3086 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
3087 hi = ((hi * 613) + (unsigned) (p[i]));
3088
3089 return hi;
3090 }
3091
3092 /* Wrapper of compare_constant, for the htab interface. */
3093 bool
3094 tree_descriptor_hasher::equal (constant_descriptor_tree *c1,
3095 constant_descriptor_tree *c2)
3096 {
3097 if (c1->hash != c2->hash)
3098 return 0;
3099 return compare_constant (c1->value, c2->value);
3100 }
3101
3102 /* Compare t1 and t2, and return 1 only if they are known to result in
3103 the same bit pattern on output. */
3104
3105 static int
3106 compare_constant (const tree t1, const tree t2)
3107 {
3108 enum tree_code typecode;
3109
3110 if (t1 == NULL_TREE)
3111 return t2 == NULL_TREE;
3112 if (t2 == NULL_TREE)
3113 return 0;
3114
3115 if (TREE_CODE (t1) != TREE_CODE (t2))
3116 return 0;
3117
3118 switch (TREE_CODE (t1))
3119 {
3120 case INTEGER_CST:
3121 /* Integer constants are the same only if the same width of type. */
3122 if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3123 return 0;
3124 if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3125 return 0;
3126 return tree_int_cst_equal (t1, t2);
3127
3128 case REAL_CST:
3129 /* Real constants are the same only if the same width of type. In
3130 addition to the same width, we need to check whether the modes are the
3131 same. There might be two floating point modes that are the same size
3132 but have different representations, such as the PowerPC that has 2
3133 different 128-bit floating point types (IBM extended double and IEEE
3134 128-bit floating point). */
3135 if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3136 return 0;
3137 if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3138 return 0;
3139 return real_identical (&TREE_REAL_CST (t1), &TREE_REAL_CST (t2));
3140
3141 case FIXED_CST:
3142 /* Fixed constants are the same only if the same width of type. */
3143 if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3144 return 0;
3145
3146 return FIXED_VALUES_IDENTICAL (TREE_FIXED_CST (t1), TREE_FIXED_CST (t2));
3147
3148 case STRING_CST:
3149 if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3150 return 0;
3151
3152 return (TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t1) == TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t2)
3153 && ! memcmp (TREE_STRING_POINTER (t1), TREE_STRING_POINTER (t2),
3154 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t1)));
3155
3156 case COMPLEX_CST:
3157 return (compare_constant (TREE_REALPART (t1), TREE_REALPART (t2))
3158 && compare_constant (TREE_IMAGPART (t1), TREE_IMAGPART (t2)));
3159
3160 case VECTOR_CST:
3161 {
3162 if (VECTOR_CST_NPATTERNS (t1)
3163 != VECTOR_CST_NPATTERNS (t2))
3164 return 0;
3165
3166 if (VECTOR_CST_NELTS_PER_PATTERN (t1)
3167 != VECTOR_CST_NELTS_PER_PATTERN (t2))
3168 return 0;
3169
3170 unsigned int count = vector_cst_encoded_nelts (t1);
3171 for (unsigned int i = 0; i < count; ++i)
3172 if (!compare_constant (VECTOR_CST_ENCODED_ELT (t1, i),
3173 VECTOR_CST_ENCODED_ELT (t2, i)))
3174 return 0;
3175
3176 return 1;
3177 }
3178
3179 case CONSTRUCTOR:
3180 {
3181 vec<constructor_elt, va_gc> *v1, *v2;
3182 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
3183
3184 typecode = TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (t1));
3185 if (typecode != TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3186 return 0;
3187
3188 if (typecode == ARRAY_TYPE)
3189 {
3190 HOST_WIDE_INT size_1 = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (t1));
3191 /* For arrays, check that mode, size and storage order match. */
3192 if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2))
3193 || size_1 == -1
3194 || size_1 != int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (t2))
3195 || TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (TREE_TYPE (t1))
3196 != TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3197 return 0;
3198 }
3199 else
3200 {
3201 /* For record and union constructors, require exact type
3202 equality. */
3203 if (TREE_TYPE (t1) != TREE_TYPE (t2))
3204 return 0;
3205 }
3206
3207 v1 = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (t1);
3208 v2 = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (t2);
3209 if (vec_safe_length (v1) != vec_safe_length (v2))
3210 return 0;
3211
3212 for (idx = 0; idx < vec_safe_length (v1); ++idx)
3213 {
3214 constructor_elt *c1 = &(*v1)[idx];
3215 constructor_elt *c2 = &(*v2)[idx];
3216
3217 /* Check that each value is the same... */
3218 if (!compare_constant (c1->value, c2->value))
3219 return 0;
3220 /* ... and that they apply to the same fields! */
3221 if (typecode == ARRAY_TYPE)
3222 {
3223 if (!compare_constant (c1->index, c2->index))
3224 return 0;
3225 }
3226 else
3227 {
3228 if (c1->index != c2->index)
3229 return 0;
3230 }
3231 }
3232
3233 return 1;
3234 }
3235
3236 case ADDR_EXPR:
3237 case FDESC_EXPR:
3238 {
3239 struct addr_const value1, value2;
3240 enum rtx_code code;
3241 int ret;
3242
3243 decode_addr_const (t1, &value1);
3244 decode_addr_const (t2, &value2);
3245
3246 if (maybe_ne (value1.offset, value2.offset))
3247 return 0;
3248
3249 code = GET_CODE (value1.base);
3250 if (code != GET_CODE (value2.base))
3251 return 0;
3252
3253 switch (code)
3254 {
3255 case SYMBOL_REF:
3256 ret = (strcmp (XSTR (value1.base, 0), XSTR (value2.base, 0)) == 0);
3257 break;
3258
3259 case LABEL_REF:
3260 ret = (CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label_ref_label (value1.base))
3261 == CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label_ref_label (value2.base)));
3262 break;
3263
3264 default:
3265 gcc_unreachable ();
3266 }
3267 return ret;
3268 }
3269
3270 case PLUS_EXPR:
3271 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
3272 case MINUS_EXPR:
3273 case RANGE_EXPR:
3274 return (compare_constant (TREE_OPERAND (t1, 0), TREE_OPERAND (t2, 0))
3275 && compare_constant (TREE_OPERAND (t1, 1), TREE_OPERAND (t2, 1)));
3276
3277 CASE_CONVERT:
3278 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
3279 return compare_constant (TREE_OPERAND (t1, 0), TREE_OPERAND (t2, 0));
3280
3281 default:
3282 return 0;
3283 }
3284
3285 gcc_unreachable ();
3286 }
3287 \f
3288 /* Return the section into which constant EXP should be placed. */
3289
3290 static section *
3291 get_constant_section (tree exp, unsigned int align)
3292 {
3293 return targetm.asm_out.select_section (exp,
3294 compute_reloc_for_constant (exp),
3295 align);
3296 }
3297
3298 /* Return the size of constant EXP in bytes. */
3299
3300 static HOST_WIDE_INT
3301 get_constant_size (tree exp)
3302 {
3303 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
3304
3305 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
3306 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == STRING_CST)
3307 size = MAX (TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp), size);
3308 return size;
3309 }
3310
3311 /* Subroutine of output_constant_def:
3312 No constant equal to EXP is known to have been output.
3313 Make a constant descriptor to enter EXP in the hash table.
3314 Assign the label number and construct RTL to refer to the
3315 constant's location in memory.
3316 Caller is responsible for updating the hash table. */
3317
3318 static struct constant_descriptor_tree *
3319 build_constant_desc (tree exp)
3320 {
3321 struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc;
3322 rtx symbol, rtl;
3323 char label[256];
3324 int labelno;
3325 tree decl;
3326
3327 desc = ggc_alloc<constant_descriptor_tree> ();
3328 desc->value = exp;
3329
3330 /* Create a string containing the label name, in LABEL. */
3331 labelno = const_labelno++;
3332 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LC", labelno);
3333
3334 /* Construct the VAR_DECL associated with the constant. */
3335 decl = build_decl (UNKNOWN_LOCATION, VAR_DECL, get_identifier (label),
3336 TREE_TYPE (exp));
3337 DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) = 1;
3338 DECL_IGNORED_P (decl) = 1;
3339 TREE_READONLY (decl) = 1;
3340 TREE_STATIC (decl) = 1;
3341 TREE_ADDRESSABLE (decl) = 1;
3342 /* We don't set the RTL yet as this would cause varpool to assume that the
3343 variable is referenced. Moreover, it would just be dropped in LTO mode.
3344 Instead we set the flag that will be recognized in make_decl_rtl. */
3345 DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl) = 1;
3346 DECL_INITIAL (decl) = desc->value;
3347 /* ??? targetm.constant_alignment hasn't been updated for vector types on
3348 most architectures so use DATA_ALIGNMENT as well, except for strings. */
3349 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == STRING_CST)
3350 SET_DECL_ALIGN (decl, targetm.constant_alignment (exp, DECL_ALIGN (decl)));
3351 else
3352 align_variable (decl, 0);
3353
3354 /* Now construct the SYMBOL_REF and the MEM. */
3355 if (use_object_blocks_p ())
3356 {
3357 int align = (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL
3358 || (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl))
3359 ? DECL_ALIGN (decl)
3360 : symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ());
3361 section *sect = get_constant_section (exp, align);
3362 symbol = create_block_symbol (ggc_strdup (label),
3363 get_block_for_section (sect), -1);
3364 }
3365 else
3366 symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, ggc_strdup (label));
3367 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3368 SET_SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol, decl);
3369 TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol) = 1;
3370
3371 rtl = gen_const_mem (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), symbol);
3372 set_mem_attributes (rtl, exp, 1);
3373 set_mem_alias_set (rtl, 0);
3374
3375 /* Putting EXP into the literal pool might have imposed a different
3376 alignment which should be visible in the RTX as well. */
3377 set_mem_align (rtl, DECL_ALIGN (decl));
3378
3379 /* We cannot share RTX'es in pool entries.
3380 Mark this piece of RTL as required for unsharing. */
3381 RTX_FLAG (rtl, used) = 1;
3382
3383 /* Set flags or add text to the name to record information, such as
3384 that it is a local symbol. If the name is changed, the macro
3385 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF will have to know how to strip this
3386 information. This call might invalidate our local variable
3387 SYMBOL; we can't use it afterward. */
3388 targetm.encode_section_info (exp, rtl, true);
3389
3390 desc->rtl = rtl;
3391
3392 return desc;
3393 }
3394
3395 /* Return an rtx representing a reference to constant data in memory
3396 for the constant expression EXP.
3397
3398 If assembler code for such a constant has already been output,
3399 return an rtx to refer to it.
3400 Otherwise, output such a constant in memory
3401 and generate an rtx for it.
3402
3403 If DEFER is nonzero, this constant can be deferred and output only
3404 if referenced in the function after all optimizations.
3405
3406 `const_desc_table' records which constants already have label strings. */
3407
3408 rtx
3409 output_constant_def (tree exp, int defer)
3410 {
3411 struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc;
3412 struct constant_descriptor_tree key;
3413
3414 /* Look up EXP in the table of constant descriptors. If we didn't find
3415 it, create a new one. */
3416 key.value = exp;
3417 key.hash = const_hash_1 (exp);
3418 constant_descriptor_tree **loc
3419 = const_desc_htab->find_slot_with_hash (&key, key.hash, INSERT);
3420
3421 desc = *loc;
3422 if (desc == 0)
3423 {
3424 desc = build_constant_desc (exp);
3425 desc->hash = key.hash;
3426 *loc = desc;
3427 }
3428
3429 maybe_output_constant_def_contents (desc, defer);
3430 return desc->rtl;
3431 }
3432
3433 /* Subroutine of output_constant_def: Decide whether or not we need to
3434 output the constant DESC now, and if so, do it. */
3435 static void
3436 maybe_output_constant_def_contents (struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc,
3437 int defer)
3438 {
3439 rtx symbol = XEXP (desc->rtl, 0);
3440 tree exp = desc->value;
3441
3442 if (flag_syntax_only)
3443 return;
3444
3445 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (exp))
3446 /* Already output; don't do it again. */
3447 return;
3448
3449 /* We can always defer constants as long as the context allows
3450 doing so. */
3451 if (defer)
3452 {
3453 /* Increment n_deferred_constants if it exists. It needs to be at
3454 least as large as the number of constants actually referred to
3455 by the function. If it's too small we'll stop looking too early
3456 and fail to emit constants; if it's too large we'll only look
3457 through the entire function when we could have stopped earlier. */
3458 if (cfun)
3459 n_deferred_constants++;
3460 return;
3461 }
3462
3463 output_constant_def_contents (symbol);
3464 }
3465
3466 /* Subroutine of output_constant_def_contents. Output the definition
3467 of constant EXP, which is pointed to by label LABEL. ALIGN is the
3468 constant's alignment in bits. */
3469
3470 static void
3471 assemble_constant_contents (tree exp, const char *label, unsigned int align)
3472 {
3473 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
3474
3475 size = get_constant_size (exp);
3476
3477 /* Do any machine/system dependent processing of the constant. */
3478 targetm.asm_out.declare_constant_name (asm_out_file, label, exp, size);
3479
3480 /* Output the value of EXP. */
3481 output_constant (exp, size, align, false);
3482
3483 targetm.asm_out.decl_end ();
3484 }
3485
3486 /* We must output the constant data referred to by SYMBOL; do so. */
3487
3488 static void
3489 output_constant_def_contents (rtx symbol)
3490 {
3491 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
3492 tree exp = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
3493 bool asan_protected = false;
3494
3495 /* Make sure any other constants whose addresses appear in EXP
3496 are assigned label numbers. */
3497 output_addressed_constants (exp);
3498
3499 /* We are no longer deferring this constant. */
3500 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (exp) = 1;
3501
3502 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
3503 && TREE_CODE (exp) == STRING_CST
3504 && asan_protect_global (exp))
3505 {
3506 asan_protected = true;
3507 SET_DECL_ALIGN (decl, MAX (DECL_ALIGN (decl),
3508 ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT));
3509 }
3510
3511 /* If the constant is part of an object block, make sure that the
3512 decl has been positioned within its block, but do not write out
3513 its definition yet. output_object_blocks will do that later. */
3514 if (SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (symbol) && SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol))
3515 place_block_symbol (symbol);
3516 else
3517 {
3518 int align = (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL
3519 || (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl))
3520 ? DECL_ALIGN (decl)
3521 : symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ());
3522 switch_to_section (get_constant_section (exp, align));
3523 if (align > BITS_PER_UNIT)
3524 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
3525 assemble_constant_contents (exp, XSTR (symbol, 0), align);
3526 if (asan_protected)
3527 {
3528 HOST_WIDE_INT size = get_constant_size (exp);
3529 assemble_zeros (asan_red_zone_size (size));
3530 }
3531 }
3532 }
3533
3534 /* Look up EXP in the table of constant descriptors. Return the rtl
3535 if it has been emitted, else null. */
3536
3537 rtx
3538 lookup_constant_def (tree exp)
3539 {
3540 struct constant_descriptor_tree key;
3541
3542 key.value = exp;
3543 key.hash = const_hash_1 (exp);
3544 constant_descriptor_tree *desc
3545 = const_desc_htab->find_with_hash (&key, key.hash);
3546
3547 return (desc ? desc->rtl : NULL_RTX);
3548 }
3549
3550 /* Return a tree representing a reference to constant data in memory
3551 for the constant expression EXP.
3552
3553 This is the counterpart of output_constant_def at the Tree level. */
3554
3555 tree
3556 tree_output_constant_def (tree exp)
3557 {
3558 struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc, key;
3559 tree decl;
3560
3561 /* Look up EXP in the table of constant descriptors. If we didn't find
3562 it, create a new one. */
3563 key.value = exp;
3564 key.hash = const_hash_1 (exp);
3565 constant_descriptor_tree **loc
3566 = const_desc_htab->find_slot_with_hash (&key, key.hash, INSERT);
3567
3568 desc = *loc;
3569 if (desc == 0)
3570 {
3571 desc = build_constant_desc (exp);
3572 desc->hash = key.hash;
3573 *loc = desc;
3574 }
3575
3576 decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (desc->rtl, 0));
3577 varpool_node::finalize_decl (decl);
3578 return decl;
3579 }
3580 \f
3581 struct GTY((chain_next ("%h.next"), for_user)) constant_descriptor_rtx {
3582 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *next;
3583 rtx mem;
3584 rtx sym;
3585 rtx constant;
3586 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
3587 hashval_t hash;
3588 fixed_size_mode mode;
3589 unsigned int align;
3590 int labelno;
3591 int mark;
3592 };
3593
3594 struct const_rtx_desc_hasher : ggc_ptr_hash<constant_descriptor_rtx>
3595 {
3596 static hashval_t hash (constant_descriptor_rtx *);
3597 static bool equal (constant_descriptor_rtx *, constant_descriptor_rtx *);
3598 };
3599
3600 /* Used in the hash tables to avoid outputting the same constant
3601 twice. Unlike 'struct constant_descriptor_tree', RTX constants
3602 are output once per function, not once per file. */
3603 /* ??? Only a few targets need per-function constant pools. Most
3604 can use one per-file pool. Should add a targetm bit to tell the
3605 difference. */
3606
3607 struct GTY(()) rtx_constant_pool {
3608 /* Pointers to first and last constant in pool, as ordered by offset. */
3609 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *first;
3610 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *last;
3611
3612 /* Hash facility for making memory-constants from constant rtl-expressions.
3613 It is used on RISC machines where immediate integer arguments and
3614 constant addresses are restricted so that such constants must be stored
3615 in memory. */
3616 hash_table<const_rtx_desc_hasher> *const_rtx_htab;
3617
3618 /* Current offset in constant pool (does not include any
3619 machine-specific header). */
3620 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
3621 };
3622
3623 /* Hash and compare functions for const_rtx_htab. */
3624
3625 hashval_t
3626 const_rtx_desc_hasher::hash (constant_descriptor_rtx *desc)
3627 {
3628 return desc->hash;
3629 }
3630
3631 bool
3632 const_rtx_desc_hasher::equal (constant_descriptor_rtx *x,
3633 constant_descriptor_rtx *y)
3634 {
3635 if (x->mode != y->mode)
3636 return 0;
3637 return rtx_equal_p (x->constant, y->constant);
3638 }
3639
3640 /* Hash one component of a constant. */
3641
3642 static hashval_t
3643 const_rtx_hash_1 (const_rtx x)
3644 {
3645 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT hwi;
3646 machine_mode mode;
3647 enum rtx_code code;
3648 hashval_t h;
3649 int i;
3650
3651 code = GET_CODE (x);
3652 mode = GET_MODE (x);
3653 h = (hashval_t) code * 1048573 + mode;
3654
3655 switch (code)
3656 {
3657 case CONST_INT:
3658 hwi = INTVAL (x);
3659
3660 fold_hwi:
3661 {
3662 int shift = sizeof (hashval_t) * CHAR_BIT;
3663 const int n = sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT) / sizeof (hashval_t);
3664
3665 h ^= (hashval_t) hwi;
3666 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
3667 {
3668 hwi >>= shift;
3669 h ^= (hashval_t) hwi;
3670 }
3671 }
3672 break;
3673
3674 case CONST_WIDE_INT:
3675 hwi = 0;
3676 {
3677 for (i = 0; i < CONST_WIDE_INT_NUNITS (x); i++)
3678 hwi ^= CONST_WIDE_INT_ELT (x, i);
3679 goto fold_hwi;
3680 }
3681
3682 case CONST_DOUBLE:
3683 if (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT == 0 && mode == VOIDmode)
3684 {
3685 hwi = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x) ^ CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x);
3686 goto fold_hwi;
3687 }
3688 else
3689 h ^= real_hash (CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (x));
3690 break;
3691
3692 case CONST_FIXED:
3693 h ^= fixed_hash (CONST_FIXED_VALUE (x));
3694 break;
3695
3696 case SYMBOL_REF:
3697 h ^= htab_hash_string (XSTR (x, 0));
3698 break;
3699
3700 case LABEL_REF:
3701 h = h * 251 + CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label_ref_label (x));
3702 break;
3703
3704 case UNSPEC:
3705 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
3706 h = h * 251 + XINT (x, 1);
3707 break;
3708
3709 default:
3710 break;
3711 }
3712
3713 return h;
3714 }
3715
3716 /* Compute a hash value for X, which should be a constant. */
3717
3718 static hashval_t
3719 const_rtx_hash (rtx x)
3720 {
3721 hashval_t h = 0;
3722 subrtx_iterator::array_type array;
3723 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter, array, x, ALL)
3724 h = h * 509 + const_rtx_hash_1 (*iter);
3725 return h;
3726 }
3727
3728 \f
3729 /* Create and return a new rtx constant pool. */
3730
3731 static struct rtx_constant_pool *
3732 create_constant_pool (void)
3733 {
3734 struct rtx_constant_pool *pool;
3735
3736 pool = ggc_alloc<rtx_constant_pool> ();
3737 pool->const_rtx_htab = hash_table<const_rtx_desc_hasher>::create_ggc (31);
3738 pool->first = NULL;
3739 pool->last = NULL;
3740 pool->offset = 0;
3741 return pool;
3742 }
3743
3744 /* Initialize constant pool hashing for a new function. */
3745
3746 void
3747 init_varasm_status (void)
3748 {
3749 crtl->varasm.pool = create_constant_pool ();
3750 crtl->varasm.deferred_constants = 0;
3751 }
3752 \f
3753 /* Given a MINUS expression, simplify it if both sides
3754 include the same symbol. */
3755
3756 rtx
3757 simplify_subtraction (rtx x)
3758 {
3759 rtx r = simplify_rtx (x);
3760 return r ? r : x;
3761 }
3762 \f
3763 /* Given a constant rtx X, make (or find) a memory constant for its value
3764 and return a MEM rtx to refer to it in memory. IN_MODE is the mode
3765 of X. */
3766
3767 rtx
3768 force_const_mem (machine_mode in_mode, rtx x)
3769 {
3770 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc, tmp;
3771 struct rtx_constant_pool *pool;
3772 char label[256];
3773 rtx def, symbol;
3774 hashval_t hash;
3775 unsigned int align;
3776 constant_descriptor_rtx **slot;
3777 fixed_size_mode mode;
3778
3779 /* We can't force variable-sized objects to memory. */
3780 if (!is_a <fixed_size_mode> (in_mode, &mode))
3781 return NULL_RTX;
3782
3783 /* If we're not allowed to drop X into the constant pool, don't. */
3784 if (targetm.cannot_force_const_mem (mode, x))
3785 return NULL_RTX;
3786
3787 /* Record that this function has used a constant pool entry. */
3788 crtl->uses_const_pool = 1;
3789
3790 /* Decide which pool to use. */
3791 pool = (targetm.use_blocks_for_constant_p (mode, x)
3792 ? shared_constant_pool
3793 : crtl->varasm.pool);
3794
3795 /* Lookup the value in the hashtable. */
3796 tmp.constant = x;
3797 tmp.mode = mode;
3798 hash = const_rtx_hash (x);
3799 slot = pool->const_rtx_htab->find_slot_with_hash (&tmp, hash, INSERT);
3800 desc = *slot;
3801
3802 /* If the constant was already present, return its memory. */
3803 if (desc)
3804 return copy_rtx (desc->mem);
3805
3806 /* Otherwise, create a new descriptor. */
3807 desc = ggc_alloc<constant_descriptor_rtx> ();
3808 *slot = desc;
3809
3810 /* Align the location counter as required by EXP's data type. */
3811 machine_mode align_mode = (mode == VOIDmode ? word_mode : mode);
3812 align = targetm.static_rtx_alignment (align_mode);
3813
3814 pool->offset += (align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1;
3815 pool->offset &= ~ ((align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1);
3816
3817 desc->next = NULL;
3818 desc->constant = copy_rtx (tmp.constant);
3819 desc->offset = pool->offset;
3820 desc->hash = hash;
3821 desc->mode = mode;
3822 desc->align = align;
3823 desc->labelno = const_labelno;
3824 desc->mark = 0;
3825
3826 pool->offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
3827 if (pool->last)
3828 pool->last->next = desc;
3829 else
3830 pool->first = pool->last = desc;
3831 pool->last = desc;
3832
3833 /* Create a string containing the label name, in LABEL. */
3834 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LC", const_labelno);
3835 ++const_labelno;
3836
3837 /* Construct the SYMBOL_REF. Make sure to mark it as belonging to
3838 the constants pool. */
3839 if (use_object_blocks_p () && targetm.use_blocks_for_constant_p (mode, x))
3840 {
3841 section *sect = targetm.asm_out.select_rtx_section (mode, x, align);
3842 symbol = create_block_symbol (ggc_strdup (label),
3843 get_block_for_section (sect), -1);
3844 }
3845 else
3846 symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, ggc_strdup (label));
3847 desc->sym = symbol;
3848 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3849 CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol) = 1;
3850 SET_SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (symbol, desc);
3851
3852 /* Construct the MEM. */
3853 desc->mem = def = gen_const_mem (mode, symbol);
3854 set_mem_align (def, align);
3855
3856 /* If we're dropping a label to the constant pool, make sure we
3857 don't delete it. */
3858 if (GET_CODE (x) == LABEL_REF)
3859 LABEL_PRESERVE_P (XEXP (x, 0)) = 1;
3860
3861 return copy_rtx (def);
3862 }
3863 \f
3864 /* Given a constant pool SYMBOL_REF, return the corresponding constant. */
3865
3866 rtx
3867 get_pool_constant (const_rtx addr)
3868 {
3869 return SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (addr)->constant;
3870 }
3871
3872 /* Given a constant pool SYMBOL_REF, return the corresponding constant
3873 and whether it has been output or not. */
3874
3875 rtx
3876 get_pool_constant_mark (rtx addr, bool *pmarked)
3877 {
3878 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
3879
3880 desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (addr);
3881 *pmarked = (desc->mark != 0);
3882 return desc->constant;
3883 }
3884
3885 /* Similar, return the mode. */
3886
3887 fixed_size_mode
3888 get_pool_mode (const_rtx addr)
3889 {
3890 return SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (addr)->mode;
3891 }
3892
3893 /* Return TRUE if and only if the constant pool has no entries. Note
3894 that even entries we might end up choosing not to emit are counted
3895 here, so there is the potential for missed optimizations. */
3896
3897 bool
3898 constant_pool_empty_p (void)
3899 {
3900 return crtl->varasm.pool->first == NULL;
3901 }
3902 \f
3903 /* Worker function for output_constant_pool_1. Emit assembly for X
3904 in MODE with known alignment ALIGN. */
3905
3906 static void
3907 output_constant_pool_2 (fixed_size_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned int align)
3908 {
3909 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
3910 {
3911 case MODE_FLOAT:
3912 case MODE_DECIMAL_FLOAT:
3913 {
3914 gcc_assert (CONST_DOUBLE_AS_FLOAT_P (x));
3915 assemble_real (*CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (x),
3916 as_a <scalar_float_mode> (mode), align, false);
3917 break;
3918 }
3919
3920 case MODE_INT:
3921 case MODE_PARTIAL_INT:
3922 case MODE_FRACT:
3923 case MODE_UFRACT:
3924 case MODE_ACCUM:
3925 case MODE_UACCUM:
3926 assemble_integer (x, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), align, 1);
3927 break;
3928
3929 case MODE_VECTOR_BOOL:
3930 {
3931 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_VECTOR);
3932
3933 /* Pick the smallest integer mode that contains at least one
3934 whole element. Often this is byte_mode and contains more
3935 than one element. */
3936 unsigned int nelts = GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode);
3937 unsigned int elt_bits = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) / nelts;
3938 unsigned int int_bits = MAX (elt_bits, BITS_PER_UNIT);
3939 scalar_int_mode int_mode = int_mode_for_size (int_bits, 0).require ();
3940
3941 /* Build the constant up one integer at a time. */
3942 unsigned int elts_per_int = int_bits / elt_bits;
3943 for (unsigned int i = 0; i < nelts; i += elts_per_int)
3944 {
3945 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value = 0;
3946 unsigned int limit = MIN (nelts - i, elts_per_int);
3947 for (unsigned int j = 0; j < limit; ++j)
3948 if (INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x, i + j)) != 0)
3949 value |= 1 << (j * elt_bits);
3950 output_constant_pool_2 (int_mode, gen_int_mode (value, int_mode),
3951 i != 0 ? MIN (align, int_bits) : align);
3952 }
3953 break;
3954 }
3955 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
3956 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
3957 case MODE_VECTOR_FRACT:
3958 case MODE_VECTOR_UFRACT:
3959 case MODE_VECTOR_ACCUM:
3960 case MODE_VECTOR_UACCUM:
3961 {
3962 int i, units;
3963 scalar_mode submode = GET_MODE_INNER (mode);
3964 unsigned int subalign = MIN (align, GET_MODE_BITSIZE (submode));
3965
3966 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_VECTOR);
3967 units = GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode);
3968
3969 for (i = 0; i < units; i++)
3970 {
3971 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x, i);
3972 output_constant_pool_2 (submode, elt, i ? subalign : align);
3973 }
3974 }
3975 break;
3976
3977 default:
3978 gcc_unreachable ();
3979 }
3980 }
3981
3982 /* Worker function for output_constant_pool. Emit constant DESC,
3983 giving it ALIGN bits of alignment. */
3984
3985 static void
3986 output_constant_pool_1 (struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc,
3987 unsigned int align)
3988 {
3989 rtx x, tmp;
3990
3991 x = desc->constant;
3992
3993 /* See if X is a LABEL_REF (or a CONST referring to a LABEL_REF)
3994 whose CODE_LABEL has been deleted. This can occur if a jump table
3995 is eliminated by optimization. If so, write a constant of zero
3996 instead. Note that this can also happen by turning the
3997 CODE_LABEL into a NOTE. */
3998 /* ??? This seems completely and utterly wrong. Certainly it's
3999 not true for NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL, but I disbelieve proper
4000 functioning even with rtx_insn::deleted and friends. */
4001
4002 tmp = x;
4003 switch (GET_CODE (tmp))
4004 {
4005 case CONST:
4006 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (tmp, 0)) != PLUS
4007 || GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (tmp, 0), 0)) != LABEL_REF)
4008 break;
4009 tmp = XEXP (XEXP (tmp, 0), 0);
4010 /* FALLTHRU */
4011
4012 case LABEL_REF:
4013 {
4014 rtx_insn *insn = label_ref_label (tmp);
4015 gcc_assert (!insn->deleted ());
4016 gcc_assert (!NOTE_P (insn)
4017 || NOTE_KIND (insn) != NOTE_INSN_DELETED);
4018 break;
4019 }
4020
4021 default:
4022 break;
4023 }
4024
4025 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY
4026 ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY (asm_out_file, x, desc->mode,
4027 align, desc->labelno, done);
4028 #endif
4029
4030 assemble_align (align);
4031
4032 /* Output the label. */
4033 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, "LC", desc->labelno);
4034
4035 /* Output the data.
4036 Pass actual alignment value while emitting string constant to asm code
4037 as function 'output_constant_pool_1' explicitly passes the alignment as 1
4038 assuming that the data is already aligned which prevents the generation
4039 of fix-up table entries. */
4040 output_constant_pool_2 (desc->mode, x, desc->align);
4041
4042 /* Make sure all constants in SECTION_MERGE and not SECTION_STRINGS
4043 sections have proper size. */
4044 if (align > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (desc->mode)
4045 && in_section
4046 && (in_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE))
4047 assemble_align (align);
4048
4049 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY
4050 done:
4051 #endif
4052 return;
4053 }
4054
4055 /* Recompute the offsets of entries in POOL, and the overall size of
4056 POOL. Do this after calling mark_constant_pool to ensure that we
4057 are computing the offset values for the pool which we will actually
4058 emit. */
4059
4060 static void
4061 recompute_pool_offsets (struct rtx_constant_pool *pool)
4062 {
4063 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
4064 pool->offset = 0;
4065
4066 for (desc = pool->first; desc ; desc = desc->next)
4067 if (desc->mark)
4068 {
4069 /* Recalculate offset. */
4070 unsigned int align = desc->align;
4071 pool->offset += (align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1;
4072 pool->offset &= ~ ((align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1);
4073 desc->offset = pool->offset;
4074 pool->offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (desc->mode);
4075 }
4076 }
4077
4078 /* Mark all constants that are referenced by SYMBOL_REFs in X.
4079 Emit referenced deferred strings. */
4080
4081 static void
4082 mark_constants_in_pattern (rtx insn)
4083 {
4084 subrtx_iterator::array_type array;
4085 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter, array, PATTERN (insn), ALL)
4086 {
4087 const_rtx x = *iter;
4088 if (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF)
4089 {
4090 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x))
4091 {
4092 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (x);
4093 if (desc->mark == 0)
4094 {
4095 desc->mark = 1;
4096 iter.substitute (desc->constant);
4097 }
4098 }
4099 else if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x))
4100 {
4101 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x);
4102 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
4103 {
4104 n_deferred_constants--;
4105 output_constant_def_contents (CONST_CAST_RTX (x));
4106 }
4107 }
4108 }
4109 }
4110 }
4111
4112 /* Look through appropriate parts of INSN, marking all entries in the
4113 constant pool which are actually being used. Entries that are only
4114 referenced by other constants are also marked as used. Emit
4115 deferred strings that are used. */
4116
4117 static void
4118 mark_constants (rtx_insn *insn)
4119 {
4120 if (!INSN_P (insn))
4121 return;
4122
4123 /* Insns may appear inside a SEQUENCE. Only check the patterns of
4124 insns, not any notes that may be attached. We don't want to mark
4125 a constant just because it happens to appear in a REG_EQUIV note. */
4126 if (rtx_sequence *seq = dyn_cast <rtx_sequence *> (PATTERN (insn)))
4127 {
4128 int i, n = seq->len ();
4129 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
4130 {
4131 rtx subinsn = seq->element (i);
4132 if (INSN_P (subinsn))
4133 mark_constants_in_pattern (subinsn);
4134 }
4135 }
4136 else
4137 mark_constants_in_pattern (insn);
4138 }
4139
4140 /* Look through the instructions for this function, and mark all the
4141 entries in POOL which are actually being used. Emit deferred constants
4142 which have indeed been used. */
4143
4144 static void
4145 mark_constant_pool (void)
4146 {
4147 rtx_insn *insn;
4148
4149 if (!crtl->uses_const_pool && n_deferred_constants == 0)
4150 return;
4151
4152 for (insn = get_insns (); insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
4153 mark_constants (insn);
4154 }
4155
4156 /* Write all the constants in POOL. */
4157
4158 static void
4159 output_constant_pool_contents (struct rtx_constant_pool *pool)
4160 {
4161 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
4162
4163 for (desc = pool->first; desc ; desc = desc->next)
4164 if (desc->mark)
4165 {
4166 /* If the constant is part of an object_block, make sure that
4167 the constant has been positioned within its block, but do not
4168 write out its definition yet. output_object_blocks will do
4169 that later. */
4170 if (SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (desc->sym)
4171 && SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (desc->sym))
4172 place_block_symbol (desc->sym);
4173 else
4174 {
4175 switch_to_section (targetm.asm_out.select_rtx_section
4176 (desc->mode, desc->constant, desc->align));
4177 output_constant_pool_1 (desc, desc->align);
4178 }
4179 }
4180 }
4181
4182 /* Mark all constants that are used in the current function, then write
4183 out the function's private constant pool. */
4184
4185 static void
4186 output_constant_pool (const char *fnname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4187 tree fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4188 {
4189 struct rtx_constant_pool *pool = crtl->varasm.pool;
4190
4191 /* It is possible for gcc to call force_const_mem and then to later
4192 discard the instructions which refer to the constant. In such a
4193 case we do not need to output the constant. */
4194 mark_constant_pool ();
4195
4196 /* Having marked the constant pool entries we'll actually emit, we
4197 now need to rebuild the offset information, which may have become
4198 stale. */
4199 recompute_pool_offsets (pool);
4200
4201 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_PROLOGUE
4202 ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_PROLOGUE (asm_out_file, fnname, fndecl, pool->offset);
4203 #endif
4204
4205 output_constant_pool_contents (pool);
4206
4207 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_EPILOGUE
4208 ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_EPILOGUE (asm_out_file, fnname, fndecl, pool->offset);
4209 #endif
4210 }
4211 \f
4212 /* Write the contents of the shared constant pool. */
4213
4214 void
4215 output_shared_constant_pool (void)
4216 {
4217 output_constant_pool_contents (shared_constant_pool);
4218 }
4219 \f
4220 /* Determine what kind of relocations EXP may need. */
4221
4222 int
4223 compute_reloc_for_constant (tree exp)
4224 {
4225 int reloc = 0, reloc2;
4226 tree tem;
4227
4228 switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
4229 {
4230 case ADDR_EXPR:
4231 case FDESC_EXPR:
4232 /* Go inside any operations that get_inner_reference can handle and see
4233 if what's inside is a constant: no need to do anything here for
4234 addresses of variables or functions. */
4235 for (tem = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); handled_component_p (tem);
4236 tem = TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0))
4237 ;
4238
4239 if (TREE_CODE (tem) == MEM_REF
4240 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR)
4241 {
4242 reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0));
4243 break;
4244 }
4245
4246 if (!targetm.binds_local_p (tem))
4247 reloc |= 2;
4248 else
4249 reloc |= 1;
4250 break;
4251
4252 case PLUS_EXPR:
4253 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
4254 reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4255 reloc |= compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
4256 break;
4257
4258 case MINUS_EXPR:
4259 reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4260 reloc2 = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
4261 /* The difference of two local labels is computable at link time. */
4262 if (reloc == 1 && reloc2 == 1)
4263 reloc = 0;
4264 else
4265 reloc |= reloc2;
4266 break;
4267
4268 CASE_CONVERT:
4269 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
4270 reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4271 break;
4272
4273 case CONSTRUCTOR:
4274 {
4275 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
4276 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, tem)
4277 if (tem != 0)
4278 reloc |= compute_reloc_for_constant (tem);
4279 }
4280 break;
4281
4282 default:
4283 break;
4284 }
4285 return reloc;
4286 }
4287
4288 /* Find all the constants whose addresses are referenced inside of EXP,
4289 and make sure assembler code with a label has been output for each one.
4290 Indicate whether an ADDR_EXPR has been encountered. */
4291
4292 static void
4293 output_addressed_constants (tree exp)
4294 {
4295 tree tem;
4296
4297 switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
4298 {
4299 case ADDR_EXPR:
4300 case FDESC_EXPR:
4301 /* Go inside any operations that get_inner_reference can handle and see
4302 if what's inside is a constant: no need to do anything here for
4303 addresses of variables or functions. */
4304 for (tem = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); handled_component_p (tem);
4305 tem = TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0))
4306 ;
4307
4308 /* If we have an initialized CONST_DECL, retrieve the initializer. */
4309 if (TREE_CODE (tem) == CONST_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (tem))
4310 tem = DECL_INITIAL (tem);
4311
4312 if (CONSTANT_CLASS_P (tem) || TREE_CODE (tem) == CONSTRUCTOR)
4313 output_constant_def (tem, 0);
4314
4315 if (TREE_CODE (tem) == MEM_REF)
4316 output_addressed_constants (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0));
4317 break;
4318
4319 case PLUS_EXPR:
4320 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
4321 case MINUS_EXPR:
4322 output_addressed_constants (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
4323 gcc_fallthrough ();
4324
4325 CASE_CONVERT:
4326 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
4327 output_addressed_constants (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4328 break;
4329
4330 case CONSTRUCTOR:
4331 {
4332 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
4333 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, tem)
4334 if (tem != 0)
4335 output_addressed_constants (tem);
4336 }
4337 break;
4338
4339 default:
4340 break;
4341 }
4342 }
4343 \f
4344 /* Whether a constructor CTOR is a valid static constant initializer if all
4345 its elements are. This used to be internal to initializer_constant_valid_p
4346 and has been exposed to let other functions like categorize_ctor_elements
4347 evaluate the property while walking a constructor for other purposes. */
4348
4349 bool
4350 constructor_static_from_elts_p (const_tree ctor)
4351 {
4352 return (TREE_CONSTANT (ctor)
4353 && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (ctor)) == UNION_TYPE
4354 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (ctor)) == RECORD_TYPE
4355 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (ctor)) == ARRAY_TYPE));
4356 }
4357
4358 static tree initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (tree value, tree endtype,
4359 tree *cache);
4360
4361 /* A subroutine of initializer_constant_valid_p. VALUE is a MINUS_EXPR,
4362 PLUS_EXPR or POINTER_PLUS_EXPR. This looks for cases of VALUE
4363 which are valid when ENDTYPE is an integer of any size; in
4364 particular, this does not accept a pointer minus a constant. This
4365 returns null_pointer_node if the VALUE is an absolute constant
4366 which can be used to initialize a static variable. Otherwise it
4367 returns NULL. */
4368
4369 static tree
4370 narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (tree value, tree endtype, tree *cache)
4371 {
4372 tree op0, op1;
4373
4374 if (!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (endtype))
4375 return NULL_TREE;
4376
4377 op0 = TREE_OPERAND (value, 0);
4378 op1 = TREE_OPERAND (value, 1);
4379
4380 /* Like STRIP_NOPS except allow the operand mode to widen. This
4381 works around a feature of fold that simplifies (int)(p1 - p2) to
4382 ((int)p1 - (int)p2) under the theory that the narrower operation
4383 is cheaper. */
4384
4385 while (CONVERT_EXPR_P (op0)
4386 || TREE_CODE (op0) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR)
4387 {
4388 tree inner = TREE_OPERAND (op0, 0);
4389 if (inner == error_mark_node
4390 || ! INTEGRAL_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))
4391 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (op0)))
4392 > GET_MODE_SIZE (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))))
4393 break;
4394 op0 = inner;
4395 }
4396
4397 while (CONVERT_EXPR_P (op1)
4398 || TREE_CODE (op1) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR)
4399 {
4400 tree inner = TREE_OPERAND (op1, 0);
4401 if (inner == error_mark_node
4402 || ! INTEGRAL_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))
4403 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (op1)))
4404 > GET_MODE_SIZE (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))))
4405 break;
4406 op1 = inner;
4407 }
4408
4409 op0 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (op0, endtype, cache);
4410 if (!op0)
4411 return NULL_TREE;
4412
4413 op1 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (op1, endtype,
4414 cache ? cache + 2 : NULL);
4415 /* Both initializers must be known. */
4416 if (op1)
4417 {
4418 if (op0 == op1
4419 && (op0 == null_pointer_node
4420 || TREE_CODE (value) == MINUS_EXPR))
4421 return null_pointer_node;
4422
4423 /* Support differences between labels. */
4424 if (TREE_CODE (op0) == LABEL_DECL
4425 && TREE_CODE (op1) == LABEL_DECL)
4426 return null_pointer_node;
4427
4428 if (TREE_CODE (op0) == STRING_CST
4429 && TREE_CODE (op1) == STRING_CST
4430 && operand_equal_p (op0, op1, 1))
4431 return null_pointer_node;
4432 }
4433
4434 return NULL_TREE;
4435 }
4436
4437 /* Helper function of initializer_constant_valid_p.
4438 Return nonzero if VALUE is a valid constant-valued expression
4439 for use in initializing a static variable; one that can be an
4440 element of a "constant" initializer.
4441
4442 Return null_pointer_node if the value is absolute;
4443 if it is relocatable, return the variable that determines the relocation.
4444 We assume that VALUE has been folded as much as possible;
4445 therefore, we do not need to check for such things as
4446 arithmetic-combinations of integers.
4447
4448 Use CACHE (pointer to 2 tree values) for caching if non-NULL. */
4449
4450 static tree
4451 initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (tree value, tree endtype, tree *cache)
4452 {
4453 tree ret;
4454
4455 switch (TREE_CODE (value))
4456 {
4457 case CONSTRUCTOR:
4458 if (constructor_static_from_elts_p (value))
4459 {
4460 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
4461 tree elt;
4462 bool absolute = true;
4463
4464 if (cache && cache[0] == value)
4465 return cache[1];
4466 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (value), idx, elt)
4467 {
4468 tree reloc;
4469 reloc = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (elt, TREE_TYPE (elt),
4470 NULL);
4471 if (!reloc
4472 /* An absolute value is required with reverse SSO. */
4473 || (reloc != null_pointer_node
4474 && TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (TREE_TYPE (value))
4475 && !AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (elt))))
4476 {
4477 if (cache)
4478 {
4479 cache[0] = value;
4480 cache[1] = NULL_TREE;
4481 }
4482 return NULL_TREE;
4483 }
4484 if (reloc != null_pointer_node)
4485 absolute = false;
4486 }
4487 /* For a non-absolute relocation, there is no single
4488 variable that can be "the variable that determines the
4489 relocation." */
4490 if (cache)
4491 {
4492 cache[0] = value;
4493 cache[1] = absolute ? null_pointer_node : error_mark_node;
4494 }
4495 return absolute ? null_pointer_node : error_mark_node;
4496 }
4497
4498 return TREE_STATIC (value) ? null_pointer_node : NULL_TREE;
4499
4500 case INTEGER_CST:
4501 case VECTOR_CST:
4502 case REAL_CST:
4503 case FIXED_CST:
4504 case STRING_CST:
4505 case COMPLEX_CST:
4506 return null_pointer_node;
4507
4508 case ADDR_EXPR:
4509 case FDESC_EXPR:
4510 {
4511 tree op0 = staticp (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0));
4512 if (op0)
4513 {
4514 /* "&(*a).f" is like unto pointer arithmetic. If "a" turns out
4515 to be a constant, this is old-skool offsetof-like nonsense. */
4516 if (TREE_CODE (op0) == INDIRECT_REF
4517 && TREE_CONSTANT (TREE_OPERAND (op0, 0)))
4518 return null_pointer_node;
4519 /* Taking the address of a nested function involves a trampoline,
4520 unless we don't need or want one. */
4521 if (TREE_CODE (op0) == FUNCTION_DECL
4522 && DECL_STATIC_CHAIN (op0)
4523 && !TREE_NO_TRAMPOLINE (value))
4524 return NULL_TREE;
4525 /* "&{...}" requires a temporary to hold the constructed
4526 object. */
4527 if (TREE_CODE (op0) == CONSTRUCTOR)
4528 return NULL_TREE;
4529 }
4530 return op0;
4531 }
4532
4533 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
4534 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0),
4535 endtype, cache);
4536
4537 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
4538 {
4539 tree src = TREE_OPERAND (value, 0);
4540 tree src_type = TREE_TYPE (src);
4541 tree dest_type = TREE_TYPE (value);
4542
4543 /* Allow view-conversions from aggregate to non-aggregate type only
4544 if the bit pattern is fully preserved afterwards; otherwise, the
4545 RTL expander won't be able to apply a subsequent transformation
4546 to the underlying constructor. */
4547 if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (src_type) && !AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (dest_type))
4548 {
4549 if (TYPE_MODE (endtype) == TYPE_MODE (dest_type))
4550 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4551 else
4552 return NULL_TREE;
4553 }
4554
4555 /* Allow all other kinds of view-conversion. */
4556 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4557 }
4558
4559 CASE_CONVERT:
4560 {
4561 tree src = TREE_OPERAND (value, 0);
4562 tree src_type = TREE_TYPE (src);
4563 tree dest_type = TREE_TYPE (value);
4564
4565 /* Allow conversions between pointer types, floating-point
4566 types, and offset types. */
4567 if ((POINTER_TYPE_P (dest_type) && POINTER_TYPE_P (src_type))
4568 || (FLOAT_TYPE_P (dest_type) && FLOAT_TYPE_P (src_type))
4569 || (TREE_CODE (dest_type) == OFFSET_TYPE
4570 && TREE_CODE (src_type) == OFFSET_TYPE))
4571 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4572
4573 /* Allow length-preserving conversions between integer types. */
4574 if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (dest_type) && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (src_type)
4575 && (TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) == TYPE_PRECISION (src_type)))
4576 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4577
4578 /* Allow conversions between other integer types only if
4579 explicit value. Don't allow sign-extension to a type larger
4580 than word and pointer, there aren't relocations that would
4581 allow to sign extend it to a wider type. */
4582 if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (dest_type)
4583 && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (src_type)
4584 && (TYPE_UNSIGNED (src_type)
4585 || TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) <= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type)
4586 || TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) <= BITS_PER_WORD
4587 || TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) <= POINTER_SIZE))
4588 {
4589 tree inner = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4590 if (inner == null_pointer_node)
4591 return null_pointer_node;
4592 break;
4593 }
4594
4595 /* Allow (int) &foo provided int is as wide as a pointer. */
4596 if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (dest_type) && POINTER_TYPE_P (src_type)
4597 && (TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) >= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type)))
4598 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4599
4600 /* Likewise conversions from int to pointers, but also allow
4601 conversions from 0. */
4602 if ((POINTER_TYPE_P (dest_type)
4603 || TREE_CODE (dest_type) == OFFSET_TYPE)
4604 && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (src_type))
4605 {
4606 if (TREE_CODE (src) == INTEGER_CST
4607 && TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) >= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type))
4608 return null_pointer_node;
4609 if (integer_zerop (src))
4610 return null_pointer_node;
4611 else if (TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) <= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type))
4612 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4613 }
4614
4615 /* Allow conversions to struct or union types if the value
4616 inside is okay. */
4617 if (TREE_CODE (dest_type) == RECORD_TYPE
4618 || TREE_CODE (dest_type) == UNION_TYPE)
4619 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4620 }
4621 break;
4622
4623 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
4624 case PLUS_EXPR:
4625 /* Any valid floating-point constants will have been folded by now;
4626 with -frounding-math we hit this with addition of two constants. */
4627 if (TREE_CODE (endtype) == REAL_TYPE)
4628 return NULL_TREE;
4629 if (cache && cache[0] == value)
4630 return cache[1];
4631 if (! INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (endtype)
4632 || TYPE_PRECISION (endtype) >= TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (value)))
4633 {
4634 tree ncache[4] = { NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE };
4635 tree valid0
4636 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0),
4637 endtype, ncache);
4638 tree valid1
4639 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 1),
4640 endtype, ncache + 2);
4641 /* If either term is absolute, use the other term's relocation. */
4642 if (valid0 == null_pointer_node)
4643 ret = valid1;
4644 else if (valid1 == null_pointer_node)
4645 ret = valid0;
4646 /* Support narrowing pointer differences. */
4647 else
4648 ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype,
4649 ncache);
4650 }
4651 else
4652 /* Support narrowing pointer differences. */
4653 ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype, NULL);
4654 if (cache)
4655 {
4656 cache[0] = value;
4657 cache[1] = ret;
4658 }
4659 return ret;
4660
4661 case POINTER_DIFF_EXPR:
4662 case MINUS_EXPR:
4663 if (TREE_CODE (endtype) == REAL_TYPE)
4664 return NULL_TREE;
4665 if (cache && cache[0] == value)
4666 return cache[1];
4667 if (! INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (endtype)
4668 || TYPE_PRECISION (endtype) >= TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (value)))
4669 {
4670 tree ncache[4] = { NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE };
4671 tree valid0
4672 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0),
4673 endtype, ncache);
4674 tree valid1
4675 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 1),
4676 endtype, ncache + 2);
4677 /* Win if second argument is absolute. */
4678 if (valid1 == null_pointer_node)
4679 ret = valid0;
4680 /* Win if both arguments have the same relocation.
4681 Then the value is absolute. */
4682 else if (valid0 == valid1 && valid0 != 0)
4683 ret = null_pointer_node;
4684 /* Since GCC guarantees that string constants are unique in the
4685 generated code, a subtraction between two copies of the same
4686 constant string is absolute. */
4687 else if (valid0 && TREE_CODE (valid0) == STRING_CST
4688 && valid1 && TREE_CODE (valid1) == STRING_CST
4689 && operand_equal_p (valid0, valid1, 1))
4690 ret = null_pointer_node;
4691 /* Support narrowing differences. */
4692 else
4693 ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype,
4694 ncache);
4695 }
4696 else
4697 /* Support narrowing differences. */
4698 ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype, NULL);
4699 if (cache)
4700 {
4701 cache[0] = value;
4702 cache[1] = ret;
4703 }
4704 return ret;
4705
4706 default:
4707 break;
4708 }
4709
4710 return NULL_TREE;
4711 }
4712
4713 /* Return nonzero if VALUE is a valid constant-valued expression
4714 for use in initializing a static variable; one that can be an
4715 element of a "constant" initializer.
4716
4717 Return null_pointer_node if the value is absolute;
4718 if it is relocatable, return the variable that determines the relocation.
4719 We assume that VALUE has been folded as much as possible;
4720 therefore, we do not need to check for such things as
4721 arithmetic-combinations of integers. */
4722 tree
4723 initializer_constant_valid_p (tree value, tree endtype, bool reverse)
4724 {
4725 tree reloc = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (value, endtype, NULL);
4726
4727 /* An absolute value is required with reverse storage order. */
4728 if (reloc
4729 && reloc != null_pointer_node
4730 && reverse
4731 && !AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (endtype)
4732 && !VECTOR_TYPE_P (endtype))
4733 reloc = NULL_TREE;
4734
4735 return reloc;
4736 }
4737 \f
4738 /* Return true if VALUE is a valid constant-valued expression
4739 for use in initializing a static bit-field; one that can be
4740 an element of a "constant" initializer. */
4741
4742 bool
4743 initializer_constant_valid_for_bitfield_p (tree value)
4744 {
4745 /* For bitfields we support integer constants or possibly nested aggregates
4746 of such. */
4747 switch (TREE_CODE (value))
4748 {
4749 case CONSTRUCTOR:
4750 {
4751 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
4752 tree elt;
4753
4754 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (value), idx, elt)
4755 if (!initializer_constant_valid_for_bitfield_p (elt))
4756 return false;
4757 return true;
4758 }
4759
4760 case INTEGER_CST:
4761 case REAL_CST:
4762 return true;
4763
4764 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
4765 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
4766 return
4767 initializer_constant_valid_for_bitfield_p (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0));
4768
4769 default:
4770 break;
4771 }
4772
4773 return false;
4774 }
4775
4776 /* output_constructor outer state of relevance in recursive calls, typically
4777 for nested aggregate bitfields. */
4778
4779 struct oc_outer_state {
4780 unsigned int bit_offset; /* current position in ... */
4781 int byte; /* ... the outer byte buffer. */
4782 };
4783
4784 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4785 output_constructor (tree, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int, bool,
4786 oc_outer_state *);
4787
4788 /* Output assembler code for constant EXP, with no label.
4789 This includes the pseudo-op such as ".int" or ".byte", and a newline.
4790 Assumes output_addressed_constants has been done on EXP already.
4791
4792 Generate at least SIZE bytes of assembler data, padding at the end
4793 with zeros if necessary. SIZE must always be specified. The returned
4794 value is the actual number of bytes of assembler data generated, which
4795 may be bigger than SIZE if the object contains a variable length field.
4796
4797 SIZE is important for structure constructors,
4798 since trailing members may have been omitted from the constructor.
4799 It is also important for initialization of arrays from string constants
4800 since the full length of the string constant might not be wanted.
4801 It is also needed for initialization of unions, where the initializer's
4802 type is just one member, and that may not be as long as the union.
4803
4804 There a case in which we would fail to output exactly SIZE bytes:
4805 for a structure constructor that wants to produce more than SIZE bytes.
4806 But such constructors will never be generated for any possible input.
4807
4808 ALIGN is the alignment of the data in bits.
4809
4810 If REVERSE is true, EXP is output in reverse storage order. */
4811
4812 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4813 output_constant (tree exp, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int align,
4814 bool reverse)
4815 {
4816 enum tree_code code;
4817 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT thissize;
4818 rtx cst;
4819
4820 if (size == 0 || flag_syntax_only)
4821 return size;
4822
4823 /* See if we're trying to initialize a pointer in a non-default mode
4824 to the address of some declaration somewhere. If the target says
4825 the mode is valid for pointers, assume the target has a way of
4826 resolving it. */
4827 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == NOP_EXPR
4828 && POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))
4829 && targetm.addr_space.valid_pointer_mode
4830 (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
4831 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)))))
4832 {
4833 tree saved_type = TREE_TYPE (exp);
4834
4835 /* Peel off any intermediate conversions-to-pointer for valid
4836 pointer modes. */
4837 while (TREE_CODE (exp) == NOP_EXPR
4838 && POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))
4839 && targetm.addr_space.valid_pointer_mode
4840 (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
4841 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)))))
4842 exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
4843
4844 /* If what we're left with is the address of something, we can
4845 convert the address to the final type and output it that
4846 way. */
4847 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == ADDR_EXPR)
4848 exp = build1 (ADDR_EXPR, saved_type, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4849 /* Likewise for constant ints. */
4850 else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == INTEGER_CST)
4851 exp = fold_convert (saved_type, exp);
4852
4853 }
4854
4855 /* Eliminate any conversions since we'll be outputting the underlying
4856 constant. */
4857 while (CONVERT_EXPR_P (exp)
4858 || TREE_CODE (exp) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
4859 || TREE_CODE (exp) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR)
4860 {
4861 HOST_WIDE_INT type_size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
4862 HOST_WIDE_INT op_size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)));
4863
4864 /* Make sure eliminating the conversion is really a no-op, except with
4865 VIEW_CONVERT_EXPRs to allow for wild Ada unchecked conversions and
4866 union types to allow for Ada unchecked unions. */
4867 if (type_size > op_size
4868 && TREE_CODE (exp) != VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
4869 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != UNION_TYPE)
4870 /* Keep the conversion. */
4871 break;
4872 else
4873 exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
4874 }
4875
4876 code = TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp));
4877 thissize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
4878
4879 /* Allow a constructor with no elements for any data type.
4880 This means to fill the space with zeros. */
4881 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR
4882 && vec_safe_is_empty (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp)))
4883 {
4884 assemble_zeros (size);
4885 return size;
4886 }
4887
4888 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == FDESC_EXPR)
4889 {
4890 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_FDESC
4891 HOST_WIDE_INT part = tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
4892 tree decl = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
4893 ASM_OUTPUT_FDESC (asm_out_file, decl, part);
4894 #else
4895 gcc_unreachable ();
4896 #endif
4897 return size;
4898 }
4899
4900 /* Now output the underlying data. If we've handling the padding, return.
4901 Otherwise, break and ensure SIZE is the size written. */
4902 switch (code)
4903 {
4904 case BOOLEAN_TYPE:
4905 case INTEGER_TYPE:
4906 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
4907 case POINTER_TYPE:
4908 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
4909 case OFFSET_TYPE:
4910 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
4911 case NULLPTR_TYPE:
4912 cst = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
4913 if (reverse)
4914 cst = flip_storage_order (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), cst);
4915 if (!assemble_integer (cst, MIN (size, thissize), align, 0))
4916 error ("initializer for integer/fixed-point value is too complicated");
4917 break;
4918
4919 case REAL_TYPE:
4920 if (TREE_CODE (exp) != REAL_CST)
4921 error ("initializer for floating value is not a floating constant");
4922 else
4923 assemble_real (TREE_REAL_CST (exp),
4924 SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
4925 align, reverse);
4926 break;
4927
4928 case COMPLEX_TYPE:
4929 output_constant (TREE_REALPART (exp), thissize / 2, align, reverse);
4930 output_constant (TREE_IMAGPART (exp), thissize / 2,
4931 min_align (align, BITS_PER_UNIT * (thissize / 2)),
4932 reverse);
4933 break;
4934
4935 case ARRAY_TYPE:
4936 case VECTOR_TYPE:
4937 switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
4938 {
4939 case CONSTRUCTOR:
4940 return output_constructor (exp, size, align, reverse, NULL);
4941 case STRING_CST:
4942 thissize
4943 = MIN ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp), size);
4944 assemble_string (TREE_STRING_POINTER (exp), thissize);
4945 break;
4946 case VECTOR_CST:
4947 {
4948 scalar_mode inner = SCALAR_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)));
4949 unsigned int nalign = MIN (align, GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (inner));
4950 int elt_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (inner);
4951 output_constant (VECTOR_CST_ELT (exp, 0), elt_size, align,
4952 reverse);
4953 thissize = elt_size;
4954 /* Static constants must have a fixed size. */
4955 unsigned int nunits = VECTOR_CST_NELTS (exp).to_constant ();
4956 for (unsigned int i = 1; i < nunits; i++)
4957 {
4958 output_constant (VECTOR_CST_ELT (exp, i), elt_size, nalign,
4959 reverse);
4960 thissize += elt_size;
4961 }
4962 break;
4963 }
4964 default:
4965 gcc_unreachable ();
4966 }
4967 break;
4968
4969 case RECORD_TYPE:
4970 case UNION_TYPE:
4971 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR);
4972 return output_constructor (exp, size, align, reverse, NULL);
4973
4974 case ERROR_MARK:
4975 return 0;
4976
4977 default:
4978 gcc_unreachable ();
4979 }
4980
4981 if (size > thissize)
4982 assemble_zeros (size - thissize);
4983
4984 return size;
4985 }
4986 \f
4987 /* Subroutine of output_constructor, used for computing the size of
4988 arrays of unspecified length. VAL must be a CONSTRUCTOR of an array
4989 type with an unspecified upper bound. */
4990
4991 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4992 array_size_for_constructor (tree val)
4993 {
4994 tree max_index;
4995 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
4996 tree index, value, tmp;
4997 offset_int i;
4998
4999 /* This code used to attempt to handle string constants that are not
5000 arrays of single-bytes, but nothing else does, so there's no point in
5001 doing it here. */
5002 if (TREE_CODE (val) == STRING_CST)
5003 return TREE_STRING_LENGTH (val);
5004
5005 max_index = NULL_TREE;
5006 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_ELT (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (val), cnt, index, value)
5007 {
5008 if (TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
5009 index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 1);
5010 if (max_index == NULL_TREE || tree_int_cst_lt (max_index, index))
5011 max_index = index;
5012 }
5013
5014 if (max_index == NULL_TREE)
5015 return 0;
5016
5017 /* Compute the total number of array elements. */
5018 tmp = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (val)));
5019 i = wi::to_offset (max_index) - wi::to_offset (tmp) + 1;
5020
5021 /* Multiply by the array element unit size to find number of bytes. */
5022 i *= wi::to_offset (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (val))));
5023
5024 gcc_assert (wi::fits_uhwi_p (i));
5025 return i.to_uhwi ();
5026 }
5027
5028 /* Other datastructures + helpers for output_constructor. */
5029
5030 /* output_constructor local state to support interaction with helpers. */
5031
5032 struct oc_local_state {
5033
5034 /* Received arguments. */
5035 tree exp; /* Constructor expression. */
5036 tree type; /* Type of constructor expression. */
5037 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size; /* # bytes to output - pad if necessary. */
5038 unsigned int align; /* Known initial alignment. */
5039 tree min_index; /* Lower bound if specified for an array. */
5040
5041 /* Output processing state. */
5042 HOST_WIDE_INT total_bytes; /* # bytes output so far / current position. */
5043 int byte; /* Part of a bitfield byte yet to be output. */
5044 int last_relative_index; /* Implicit or explicit index of the last
5045 array element output within a bitfield. */
5046 bool byte_buffer_in_use; /* Whether BYTE is in use. */
5047 bool reverse; /* Whether reverse storage order is in use. */
5048
5049 /* Current element. */
5050 tree field; /* Current field decl in a record. */
5051 tree val; /* Current element value. */
5052 tree index; /* Current element index. */
5053
5054 };
5055
5056 /* Helper for output_constructor. From the current LOCAL state, output a
5057 RANGE_EXPR element. */
5058
5059 static void
5060 output_constructor_array_range (oc_local_state *local)
5061 {
5062 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT fieldsize
5063 = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (local->type));
5064
5065 HOST_WIDE_INT lo_index
5066 = tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (local->index, 0));
5067 HOST_WIDE_INT hi_index
5068 = tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (local->index, 1));
5069 HOST_WIDE_INT index;
5070
5071 unsigned int align2
5072 = min_align (local->align, fieldsize * BITS_PER_UNIT);
5073
5074 for (index = lo_index; index <= hi_index; index++)
5075 {
5076 /* Output the element's initial value. */
5077 if (local->val == NULL_TREE)
5078 assemble_zeros (fieldsize);
5079 else
5080 fieldsize
5081 = output_constant (local->val, fieldsize, align2, local->reverse);
5082
5083 /* Count its size. */
5084 local->total_bytes += fieldsize;
5085 }
5086 }
5087
5088 /* Helper for output_constructor. From the current LOCAL state, output a
5089 field element that is not true bitfield or part of an outer one. */
5090
5091 static void
5092 output_constructor_regular_field (oc_local_state *local)
5093 {
5094 /* Field size and position. Since this structure is static, we know the
5095 positions are constant. */
5096 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT fieldsize;
5097 HOST_WIDE_INT fieldpos;
5098
5099 unsigned int align2;
5100
5101 /* Output any buffered-up bit-fields preceding this element. */
5102 if (local->byte_buffer_in_use)
5103 {
5104 assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local->byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
5105 local->total_bytes++;
5106 local->byte_buffer_in_use = false;
5107 }
5108
5109 if (local->index != NULL_TREE)
5110 {
5111 /* Perform the index calculation in modulo arithmetic but
5112 sign-extend the result because Ada has negative DECL_FIELD_OFFSETs
5113 but we are using an unsigned sizetype. */
5114 unsigned prec = TYPE_PRECISION (sizetype);
5115 offset_int idx = wi::sext (wi::to_offset (local->index)
5116 - wi::to_offset (local->min_index), prec);
5117 fieldpos = (idx * wi::to_offset (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (local->val))))
5118 .to_short_addr ();
5119 }
5120 else if (local->field != NULL_TREE)
5121 fieldpos = int_byte_position (local->field);
5122 else
5123 fieldpos = 0;
5124
5125 /* Advance to offset of this element.
5126 Note no alignment needed in an array, since that is guaranteed
5127 if each element has the proper size. */
5128 if (local->field != NULL_TREE || local->index != NULL_TREE)
5129 {
5130 if (fieldpos > local->total_bytes)
5131 {
5132 assemble_zeros (fieldpos - local->total_bytes);
5133 local->total_bytes = fieldpos;
5134 }
5135 else
5136 /* Must not go backwards. */
5137 gcc_assert (fieldpos == local->total_bytes);
5138 }
5139
5140 /* Find the alignment of this element. */
5141 align2 = min_align (local->align, BITS_PER_UNIT * fieldpos);
5142
5143 /* Determine size this element should occupy. */
5144 if (local->field)
5145 {
5146 fieldsize = 0;
5147
5148 /* If this is an array with an unspecified upper bound,
5149 the initializer determines the size. */
5150 /* ??? This ought to only checked if DECL_SIZE_UNIT is NULL,
5151 but we cannot do this until the deprecated support for
5152 initializing zero-length array members is removed. */
5153 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (local->field)) == ARRAY_TYPE
5154 && (!TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (local->field))
5155 || !TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (local->field)))))
5156 {
5157 fieldsize = array_size_for_constructor (local->val);
5158 /* Given a non-empty initialization, this field had better
5159 be last. Given a flexible array member, the next field
5160 on the chain is a TYPE_DECL of the enclosing struct. */
5161 const_tree next = DECL_CHAIN (local->field);
5162 gcc_assert (!fieldsize || !next || TREE_CODE (next) != FIELD_DECL);
5163 tree size = TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (local->val));
5164 gcc_checking_assert (compare_tree_int (size, fieldsize) == 0);
5165 }
5166 else
5167 fieldsize = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (local->field));
5168 }
5169 else
5170 fieldsize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (local->type));
5171
5172 /* Output the element's initial value. */
5173 if (local->val == NULL_TREE)
5174 assemble_zeros (fieldsize);
5175 else
5176 fieldsize
5177 = output_constant (local->val, fieldsize, align2, local->reverse);
5178
5179 /* Count its size. */
5180 local->total_bytes += fieldsize;
5181 }
5182
5183 /* Helper for output_constructor. From the LOCAL state, output an element
5184 that is a true bitfield or part of an outer one. BIT_OFFSET is the offset
5185 from the start of a possibly ongoing outer byte buffer. */
5186
5187 static void
5188 output_constructor_bitfield (oc_local_state *local, unsigned int bit_offset)
5189 {
5190 /* Bit size of this element. */
5191 HOST_WIDE_INT ebitsize
5192 = (local->field
5193 ? tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE (local->field))
5194 : tree_to_uhwi (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (local->type))));
5195
5196 /* Relative index of this element if this is an array component. */
5197 HOST_WIDE_INT relative_index
5198 = (!local->field
5199 ? (local->index
5200 ? (tree_to_shwi (local->index)
5201 - tree_to_shwi (local->min_index))
5202 : local->last_relative_index + 1)
5203 : 0);
5204
5205 /* Bit position of this element from the start of the containing
5206 constructor. */
5207 HOST_WIDE_INT constructor_relative_ebitpos
5208 = (local->field
5209 ? int_bit_position (local->field)
5210 : ebitsize * relative_index);
5211
5212 /* Bit position of this element from the start of a possibly ongoing
5213 outer byte buffer. */
5214 HOST_WIDE_INT byte_relative_ebitpos
5215 = bit_offset + constructor_relative_ebitpos;
5216
5217 /* From the start of a possibly ongoing outer byte buffer, offsets to
5218 the first bit of this element and to the first bit past the end of
5219 this element. */
5220 HOST_WIDE_INT next_offset = byte_relative_ebitpos;
5221 HOST_WIDE_INT end_offset = byte_relative_ebitpos + ebitsize;
5222
5223 local->last_relative_index = relative_index;
5224
5225 if (local->val == NULL_TREE)
5226 local->val = integer_zero_node;
5227
5228 while (TREE_CODE (local->val) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
5229 || TREE_CODE (local->val) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR)
5230 local->val = TREE_OPERAND (local->val, 0);
5231
5232 if (TREE_CODE (local->val) != INTEGER_CST
5233 && TREE_CODE (local->val) != CONSTRUCTOR)
5234 {
5235 error ("invalid initial value for member %qE", DECL_NAME (local->field));
5236 return;
5237 }
5238
5239 /* If this field does not start in this (or next) byte, skip some bytes. */
5240 if (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT != local->total_bytes)
5241 {
5242 /* Output remnant of any bit field in previous bytes. */
5243 if (local->byte_buffer_in_use)
5244 {
5245 assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local->byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
5246 local->total_bytes++;
5247 local->byte_buffer_in_use = false;
5248 }
5249
5250 /* If still not at proper byte, advance to there. */
5251 if (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT != local->total_bytes)
5252 {
5253 gcc_assert (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT >= local->total_bytes);
5254 assemble_zeros (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT - local->total_bytes);
5255 local->total_bytes = next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT;
5256 }
5257 }
5258
5259 /* Set up the buffer if necessary. */
5260 if (!local->byte_buffer_in_use)
5261 {
5262 local->byte = 0;
5263 if (ebitsize > 0)
5264 local->byte_buffer_in_use = true;
5265 }
5266
5267 /* If this is nested constructor, recurse passing the bit offset and the
5268 pending data, then retrieve the new pending data afterwards. */
5269 if (TREE_CODE (local->val) == CONSTRUCTOR)
5270 {
5271 oc_outer_state temp_state;
5272 temp_state.bit_offset = next_offset % BITS_PER_UNIT;
5273 temp_state.byte = local->byte;
5274 local->total_bytes
5275 += output_constructor (local->val, 0, 0, local->reverse, &temp_state);
5276 local->byte = temp_state.byte;
5277 return;
5278 }
5279
5280 /* Otherwise, we must split the element into pieces that fall within
5281 separate bytes, and combine each byte with previous or following
5282 bit-fields. */
5283 while (next_offset < end_offset)
5284 {
5285 int this_time;
5286 int shift;
5287 HOST_WIDE_INT value;
5288 HOST_WIDE_INT next_byte = next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT;
5289 HOST_WIDE_INT next_bit = next_offset % BITS_PER_UNIT;
5290
5291 /* Advance from byte to byte within this element when necessary. */
5292 while (next_byte != local->total_bytes)
5293 {
5294 assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local->byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
5295 local->total_bytes++;
5296 local->byte = 0;
5297 }
5298
5299 /* Number of bits we can process at once (all part of the same byte). */
5300 this_time = MIN (end_offset - next_offset, BITS_PER_UNIT - next_bit);
5301 if (local->reverse ? !BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN : BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
5302 {
5303 /* For big-endian data, take the most significant bits (of the
5304 bits that are significant) first and put them into bytes from
5305 the most significant end. */
5306 shift = end_offset - next_offset - this_time;
5307
5308 /* Don't try to take a bunch of bits that cross
5309 the word boundary in the INTEGER_CST. We can
5310 only select bits from one element. */
5311 if ((shift / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
5312 != ((shift + this_time - 1) / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT))
5313 {
5314 const int end = shift + this_time - 1;
5315 shift = end & -HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT;
5316 this_time = end - shift + 1;
5317 }
5318
5319 /* Now get the bits from the appropriate constant word. */
5320 value = TREE_INT_CST_ELT (local->val, shift / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
5321 shift = shift & (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1);
5322
5323 /* Get the result. This works only when:
5324 1 <= this_time <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT. */
5325 local->byte |= (((value >> shift)
5326 & (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 2 << (this_time - 1)) - 1))
5327 << (BITS_PER_UNIT - this_time - next_bit));
5328 }
5329 else
5330 {
5331 /* On little-endian machines, take the least significant bits of
5332 the value first and pack them starting at the least significant
5333 bits of the bytes. */
5334 shift = next_offset - byte_relative_ebitpos;
5335
5336 /* Don't try to take a bunch of bits that cross
5337 the word boundary in the INTEGER_CST. We can
5338 only select bits from one element. */
5339 if ((shift / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
5340 != ((shift + this_time - 1) / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT))
5341 this_time
5342 = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - (shift & (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1));
5343
5344 /* Now get the bits from the appropriate constant word. */
5345 value = TREE_INT_CST_ELT (local->val, shift / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
5346 shift = shift & (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1);
5347
5348 /* Get the result. This works only when:
5349 1 <= this_time <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT. */
5350 local->byte |= (((value >> shift)
5351 & (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 2 << (this_time - 1)) - 1))
5352 << next_bit);
5353 }
5354
5355 next_offset += this_time;
5356 local->byte_buffer_in_use = true;
5357 }
5358 }
5359
5360 /* Subroutine of output_constant, used for CONSTRUCTORs (aggregate constants).
5361 Generate at least SIZE bytes, padding if necessary. OUTER designates the
5362 caller output state of relevance in recursive invocations. */
5363
5364 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
5365 output_constructor (tree exp, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int align,
5366 bool reverse, oc_outer_state *outer)
5367 {
5368 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
5369 constructor_elt *ce;
5370 oc_local_state local;
5371
5372 /* Setup our local state to communicate with helpers. */
5373 local.exp = exp;
5374 local.type = TREE_TYPE (exp);
5375 local.size = size;
5376 local.align = align;
5377 if (TREE_CODE (local.type) == ARRAY_TYPE && TYPE_DOMAIN (local.type))
5378 local.min_index = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (local.type));
5379 else
5380 local.min_index = integer_zero_node;
5381
5382 local.total_bytes = 0;
5383 local.byte_buffer_in_use = outer != NULL;
5384 local.byte = outer ? outer->byte : 0;
5385 local.last_relative_index = -1;
5386 /* The storage order is specified for every aggregate type. */
5387 if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (local.type))
5388 local.reverse = TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (local.type);
5389 else
5390 local.reverse = reverse;
5391
5392 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= BITS_PER_UNIT);
5393
5394 /* As CE goes through the elements of the constant, FIELD goes through the
5395 structure fields if the constant is a structure. If the constant is a
5396 union, we override this by getting the field from the TREE_LIST element.
5397 But the constant could also be an array. Then FIELD is zero.
5398
5399 There is always a maximum of one element in the chain LINK for unions
5400 (even if the initializer in a source program incorrectly contains
5401 more one). */
5402
5403 if (TREE_CODE (local.type) == RECORD_TYPE)
5404 local.field = TYPE_FIELDS (local.type);
5405 else
5406 local.field = NULL_TREE;
5407
5408 for (cnt = 0;
5409 vec_safe_iterate (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), cnt, &ce);
5410 cnt++, local.field = local.field ? DECL_CHAIN (local.field) : 0)
5411 {
5412 local.val = ce->value;
5413 local.index = NULL_TREE;
5414
5415 /* The element in a union constructor specifies the proper field
5416 or index. */
5417 if (RECORD_OR_UNION_TYPE_P (local.type) && ce->index != NULL_TREE)
5418 local.field = ce->index;
5419
5420 else if (TREE_CODE (local.type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
5421 local.index = ce->index;
5422
5423 if (local.field && flag_verbose_asm)
5424 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s %s:\n",
5425 ASM_COMMENT_START,
5426 DECL_NAME (local.field)
5427 ? IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (local.field))
5428 : "<anonymous>");
5429
5430 /* Eliminate the marker that makes a cast not be an lvalue. */
5431 if (local.val != NULL_TREE)
5432 STRIP_NOPS (local.val);
5433
5434 /* Output the current element, using the appropriate helper ... */
5435
5436 /* For an array slice not part of an outer bitfield. */
5437 if (!outer
5438 && local.index != NULL_TREE
5439 && TREE_CODE (local.index) == RANGE_EXPR)
5440 output_constructor_array_range (&local);
5441
5442 /* For a field that is neither a true bitfield nor part of an outer one,
5443 known to be at least byte aligned and multiple-of-bytes long. */
5444 else if (!outer
5445 && (local.field == NULL_TREE
5446 || !CONSTRUCTOR_BITFIELD_P (local.field)))
5447 output_constructor_regular_field (&local);
5448
5449 /* For a true bitfield or part of an outer one. Only INTEGER_CSTs are
5450 supported for scalar fields, so we may need to convert first. */
5451 else
5452 {
5453 if (TREE_CODE (local.val) == REAL_CST)
5454 local.val
5455 = fold_unary (VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR,
5456 build_nonstandard_integer_type
5457 (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (local.val)), 0),
5458 local.val);
5459 output_constructor_bitfield (&local, outer ? outer->bit_offset : 0);
5460 }
5461 }
5462
5463 /* If we are not at toplevel, save the pending data for our caller.
5464 Otherwise output the pending data and padding zeros as needed. */
5465 if (outer)
5466 outer->byte = local.byte;
5467 else
5468 {
5469 if (local.byte_buffer_in_use)
5470 {
5471 assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local.byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
5472 local.total_bytes++;
5473 }
5474
5475 if ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)local.total_bytes < local.size)
5476 {
5477 assemble_zeros (local.size - local.total_bytes);
5478 local.total_bytes = local.size;
5479 }
5480 }
5481
5482 return local.total_bytes;
5483 }
5484
5485 /* Mark DECL as weak. */
5486
5487 static void
5488 mark_weak (tree decl)
5489 {
5490 if (DECL_WEAK (decl))
5491 return;
5492
5493 struct symtab_node *n = symtab_node::get (decl);
5494 if (n && n->refuse_visibility_changes)
5495 error ("%+qD declared weak after being used", decl);
5496 DECL_WEAK (decl) = 1;
5497
5498 if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl)
5499 && MEM_P (DECL_RTL (decl))
5500 && XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)
5501 && GET_CODE (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF)
5502 SYMBOL_REF_WEAK (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)) = 1;
5503 }
5504
5505 /* Merge weak status between NEWDECL and OLDDECL. */
5506
5507 void
5508 merge_weak (tree newdecl, tree olddecl)
5509 {
5510 if (DECL_WEAK (newdecl) == DECL_WEAK (olddecl))
5511 {
5512 if (DECL_WEAK (newdecl) && TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK)
5513 {
5514 tree *pwd;
5515 /* We put the NEWDECL on the weak_decls list at some point
5516 and OLDDECL as well. Keep just OLDDECL on the list. */
5517 for (pwd = &weak_decls; *pwd; pwd = &TREE_CHAIN (*pwd))
5518 if (TREE_VALUE (*pwd) == newdecl)
5519 {
5520 *pwd = TREE_CHAIN (*pwd);
5521 break;
5522 }
5523 }
5524 return;
5525 }
5526
5527 if (DECL_WEAK (newdecl))
5528 {
5529 tree wd;
5530
5531 /* NEWDECL is weak, but OLDDECL is not. */
5532
5533 /* If we already output the OLDDECL, we're in trouble; we can't
5534 go back and make it weak. This should never happen in
5535 unit-at-a-time compilation. */
5536 gcc_assert (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (olddecl));
5537
5538 /* If we've already generated rtl referencing OLDDECL, we may
5539 have done so in a way that will not function properly with
5540 a weak symbol. Again in unit-at-a-time this should be
5541 impossible. */
5542 gcc_assert (!TREE_USED (olddecl)
5543 || !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (olddecl)));
5544
5545 /* PR 49899: You cannot convert a static function into a weak, public function. */
5546 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (olddecl) && TREE_PUBLIC (newdecl))
5547 error ("weak declaration of %q+D being applied to a already "
5548 "existing, static definition", newdecl);
5549
5550 if (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK)
5551 {
5552 /* We put the NEWDECL on the weak_decls list at some point.
5553 Replace it with the OLDDECL. */
5554 for (wd = weak_decls; wd; wd = TREE_CHAIN (wd))
5555 if (TREE_VALUE (wd) == newdecl)
5556 {
5557 TREE_VALUE (wd) = olddecl;
5558 break;
5559 }
5560 /* We may not find the entry on the list. If NEWDECL is a
5561 weak alias, then we will have already called
5562 globalize_decl to remove the entry; in that case, we do
5563 not need to do anything. */
5564 }
5565
5566 /* Make the OLDDECL weak; it's OLDDECL that we'll be keeping. */
5567 mark_weak (olddecl);
5568 }
5569 else
5570 /* OLDDECL was weak, but NEWDECL was not explicitly marked as
5571 weak. Just update NEWDECL to indicate that it's weak too. */
5572 mark_weak (newdecl);
5573 }
5574
5575 /* Declare DECL to be a weak symbol. */
5576
5577 void
5578 declare_weak (tree decl)
5579 {
5580 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl));
5581 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
5582 {
5583 error ("weak declaration of %q+D must be public", decl);
5584 return;
5585 }
5586 else if (!TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK)
5587 warning (0, "weak declaration of %q+D not supported", decl);
5588
5589 mark_weak (decl);
5590 if (!lookup_attribute ("weak", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5591 DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)
5592 = tree_cons (get_identifier ("weak"), NULL, DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl));
5593 }
5594
5595 static void
5596 weak_finish_1 (tree decl)
5597 {
5598 #if defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL) || defined (ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL)
5599 const char *const name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
5600 #endif
5601
5602 if (! TREE_USED (decl))
5603 return;
5604
5605 #ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
5606 ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (asm_out_file, decl, name, NULL);
5607 #else
5608 #ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL
5609 ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (asm_out_file, name);
5610 #else
5611 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS
5612 {
5613 static bool warn_once = 0;
5614 if (! warn_once)
5615 {
5616 warning (0, "only weak aliases are supported in this configuration");
5617 warn_once = 1;
5618 }
5619 return;
5620 }
5621 #endif
5622 #endif
5623 #endif
5624 }
5625
5626 /* Fiven an assembly name, find the decl it is associated with. */
5627 static tree
5628 find_decl (tree target)
5629 {
5630 symtab_node *node = symtab_node::get_for_asmname (target);
5631 if (node)
5632 return node->decl;
5633 return NULL_TREE;
5634 }
5635
5636 /* This TREE_LIST contains weakref targets. */
5637
5638 static GTY(()) tree weakref_targets;
5639
5640 /* Emit any pending weak declarations. */
5641
5642 void
5643 weak_finish (void)
5644 {
5645 tree t;
5646
5647 for (t = weakref_targets; t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
5648 {
5649 tree alias_decl = TREE_PURPOSE (t);
5650 tree target = ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t));
5651
5652 if (! TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (alias_decl))
5653 || TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (target))
5654 /* Remove alias_decl from the weak list, but leave entries for
5655 the target alone. */
5656 target = NULL_TREE;
5657 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF
5658 else if (! TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (target))
5659 {
5660 /* Use ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL only if ASM_WEAKEN_DECL is not
5661 defined, otherwise we and weak_finish_1 would use
5662 different macros. */
5663 # if defined ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL && ! defined ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
5664 ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5665 # else
5666 tree decl = find_decl (target);
5667
5668 if (! decl)
5669 {
5670 decl = build_decl (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (alias_decl),
5671 TREE_CODE (alias_decl), target,
5672 TREE_TYPE (alias_decl));
5673
5674 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
5675 TREE_PUBLIC (decl) = 1;
5676 DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) = 1;
5677 TREE_NOTHROW (decl) = TREE_NOTHROW (alias_decl);
5678 TREE_USED (decl) = 1;
5679 }
5680
5681 weak_finish_1 (decl);
5682 # endif
5683 }
5684 #endif
5685
5686 {
5687 tree *p;
5688 tree t2;
5689
5690 /* Remove the alias and the target from the pending weak list
5691 so that we do not emit any .weak directives for the former,
5692 nor multiple .weak directives for the latter. */
5693 for (p = &weak_decls; (t2 = *p) ; )
5694 {
5695 if (TREE_VALUE (t2) == alias_decl
5696 || target == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t2)))
5697 *p = TREE_CHAIN (t2);
5698 else
5699 p = &TREE_CHAIN (t2);
5700 }
5701
5702 /* Remove other weakrefs to the same target, to speed things up. */
5703 for (p = &TREE_CHAIN (t); (t2 = *p) ; )
5704 {
5705 if (target == ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t2)))
5706 *p = TREE_CHAIN (t2);
5707 else
5708 p = &TREE_CHAIN (t2);
5709 }
5710 }
5711 }
5712
5713 for (t = weak_decls; t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
5714 {
5715 tree decl = TREE_VALUE (t);
5716
5717 weak_finish_1 (decl);
5718 }
5719 }
5720
5721 /* Emit the assembly bits to indicate that DECL is globally visible. */
5722
5723 static void
5724 globalize_decl (tree decl)
5725 {
5726
5727 #if defined (ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL) || defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL)
5728 if (DECL_WEAK (decl))
5729 {
5730 const char *name = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), 0);
5731 tree *p, t;
5732
5733 #ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
5734 ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (asm_out_file, decl, name, 0);
5735 #else
5736 ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (asm_out_file, name);
5737 #endif
5738
5739 /* Remove this function from the pending weak list so that
5740 we do not emit multiple .weak directives for it. */
5741 for (p = &weak_decls; (t = *p) ; )
5742 {
5743 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t)))
5744 *p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
5745 else
5746 p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
5747 }
5748
5749 /* Remove weakrefs to the same target from the pending weakref
5750 list, for the same reason. */
5751 for (p = &weakref_targets; (t = *p) ; )
5752 {
5753 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)
5754 == ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t)))
5755 *p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
5756 else
5757 p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
5758 }
5759
5760 return;
5761 }
5762 #endif
5763
5764 targetm.asm_out.globalize_decl_name (asm_out_file, decl);
5765 }
5766
5767 vec<alias_pair, va_gc> *alias_pairs;
5768
5769 /* Output the assembler code for a define (equate) using ASM_OUTPUT_DEF
5770 or ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS. The function defines the symbol whose
5771 tree node is DECL to have the value of the tree node TARGET. */
5772
5773 void
5774 do_assemble_alias (tree decl, tree target)
5775 {
5776 tree id;
5777
5778 /* Emulated TLS had better not get this var. */
5779 gcc_assert (!(!targetm.have_tls
5780 && VAR_P (decl)
5781 && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl)));
5782
5783 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
5784 return;
5785
5786 id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
5787 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
5788 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&target);
5789
5790 /* We must force creation of DECL_RTL for debug info generation, even though
5791 we don't use it here. */
5792 make_decl_rtl (decl);
5793
5794 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
5795 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)) = 1;
5796 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (id) = 1;
5797
5798 if (lookup_attribute ("weakref", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5799 {
5800 if (!TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (target))
5801 weakref_targets = tree_cons (decl, target, weakref_targets);
5802
5803 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF
5804 ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF (asm_out_file, decl,
5805 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id),
5806 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5807 #else
5808 if (!TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK)
5809 {
5810 error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5811 "weakref is not supported in this configuration");
5812 return;
5813 }
5814 #endif
5815 return;
5816 }
5817
5818 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEF
5819 tree orig_decl = decl;
5820
5821 /* Make name accessible from other files, if appropriate. */
5822
5823 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) || TREE_PUBLIC (orig_decl))
5824 {
5825 globalize_decl (decl);
5826 maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
5827 }
5828 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
5829 && cgraph_node::get (decl)->ifunc_resolver)
5830 {
5831 #if defined (ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE)
5832 if (targetm.has_ifunc_p ())
5833 ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE
5834 (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id),
5835 IFUNC_ASM_TYPE);
5836 else
5837 #endif
5838 error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5839 "ifunc is not supported on this target");
5840 }
5841
5842 # ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS
5843 ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS (asm_out_file, decl, target);
5844 # else
5845 ASM_OUTPUT_DEF (asm_out_file,
5846 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id),
5847 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5848 # endif
5849 #elif defined (ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS) || defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL)
5850 {
5851 const char *name;
5852 tree *p, t;
5853
5854 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
5855 # ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
5856 ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (asm_out_file, decl, name, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5857 # else
5858 ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS (asm_out_file, name, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5859 # endif
5860 /* Remove this function from the pending weak list so that
5861 we do not emit multiple .weak directives for it. */
5862 for (p = &weak_decls; (t = *p) ; )
5863 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t))
5864 || id == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t)))
5865 *p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
5866 else
5867 p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
5868
5869 /* Remove weakrefs to the same target from the pending weakref
5870 list, for the same reason. */
5871 for (p = &weakref_targets; (t = *p) ; )
5872 {
5873 if (id == ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t)))
5874 *p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
5875 else
5876 p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
5877 }
5878 }
5879 #endif
5880 }
5881
5882 /* Emit an assembler directive to make the symbol for DECL an alias to
5883 the symbol for TARGET. */
5884
5885 void
5886 assemble_alias (tree decl, tree target)
5887 {
5888 tree target_decl;
5889
5890 if (lookup_attribute ("weakref", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5891 {
5892 tree alias = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
5893
5894 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&target);
5895
5896 if (alias == target)
5897 error ("weakref %q+D ultimately targets itself", decl);
5898 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
5899 error ("weakref %q+D must have static linkage", decl);
5900 }
5901 else
5902 {
5903 #if !defined (ASM_OUTPUT_DEF)
5904 # if !defined(ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS) && !defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL)
5905 error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5906 "alias definitions not supported in this configuration");
5907 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
5908 return;
5909 # else
5910 if (!DECL_WEAK (decl))
5911 {
5912 /* NB: ifunc_resolver isn't set when an error is detected. */
5913 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
5914 && lookup_attribute ("ifunc", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5915 error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5916 "ifunc is not supported in this configuration");
5917 else
5918 error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5919 "only weak aliases are supported in this configuration");
5920 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
5921 return;
5922 }
5923 # endif
5924 #endif
5925 }
5926 TREE_USED (decl) = 1;
5927
5928 /* Allow aliases to aliases. */
5929 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
5930 cgraph_node::get_create (decl)->alias = true;
5931 else
5932 varpool_node::get_create (decl)->alias = true;
5933
5934 /* If the target has already been emitted, we don't have to queue the
5935 alias. This saves a tad of memory. */
5936 if (symtab->global_info_ready)
5937 target_decl = find_decl (target);
5938 else
5939 target_decl= NULL;
5940 if ((target_decl && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (target_decl))
5941 || symtab->state >= EXPANSION)
5942 do_assemble_alias (decl, target);
5943 else
5944 {
5945 alias_pair p = {decl, target};
5946 vec_safe_push (alias_pairs, p);
5947 }
5948 }
5949
5950 /* Record and output a table of translations from original function
5951 to its transaction aware clone. Note that tm_pure functions are
5952 considered to be their own clone. */
5953
5954 struct tm_clone_hasher : ggc_cache_ptr_hash<tree_map>
5955 {
5956 static hashval_t hash (tree_map *m) { return tree_map_hash (m); }
5957 static bool equal (tree_map *a, tree_map *b) { return tree_map_eq (a, b); }
5958
5959 static int
5960 keep_cache_entry (tree_map *&e)
5961 {
5962 return ggc_marked_p (e->base.from);
5963 }
5964 };
5965
5966 static GTY((cache)) hash_table<tm_clone_hasher> *tm_clone_hash;
5967
5968 void
5969 record_tm_clone_pair (tree o, tree n)
5970 {
5971 struct tree_map **slot, *h;
5972
5973 if (tm_clone_hash == NULL)
5974 tm_clone_hash = hash_table<tm_clone_hasher>::create_ggc (32);
5975
5976 h = ggc_alloc<tree_map> ();
5977 h->hash = htab_hash_pointer (o);
5978 h->base.from = o;
5979 h->to = n;
5980
5981 slot = tm_clone_hash->find_slot_with_hash (h, h->hash, INSERT);
5982 *slot = h;
5983 }
5984
5985 tree
5986 get_tm_clone_pair (tree o)
5987 {
5988 if (tm_clone_hash)
5989 {
5990 struct tree_map *h, in;
5991
5992 in.base.from = o;
5993 in.hash = htab_hash_pointer (o);
5994 h = tm_clone_hash->find_with_hash (&in, in.hash);
5995 if (h)
5996 return h->to;
5997 }
5998 return NULL_TREE;
5999 }
6000
6001 struct tm_alias_pair
6002 {
6003 unsigned int uid;
6004 tree from;
6005 tree to;
6006 };
6007
6008
6009 /* Dump the actual pairs to the .tm_clone_table section. */
6010
6011 static void
6012 dump_tm_clone_pairs (vec<tm_alias_pair> tm_alias_pairs)
6013 {
6014 unsigned i;
6015 tm_alias_pair *p;
6016 bool switched = false;
6017
6018 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (tm_alias_pairs, i, p)
6019 {
6020 tree src = p->from;
6021 tree dst = p->to;
6022 struct cgraph_node *src_n = cgraph_node::get (src);
6023 struct cgraph_node *dst_n = cgraph_node::get (dst);
6024
6025 /* The function ipa_tm_create_version() marks the clone as needed if
6026 the original function was needed. But we also mark the clone as
6027 needed if we ever called the clone indirectly through
6028 TM_GETTMCLONE. If neither of these are true, we didn't generate
6029 a clone, and we didn't call it indirectly... no sense keeping it
6030 in the clone table. */
6031 if (!dst_n || !dst_n->definition)
6032 continue;
6033
6034 /* This covers the case where we have optimized the original
6035 function away, and only access the transactional clone. */
6036 if (!src_n || !src_n->definition)
6037 continue;
6038
6039 if (!switched)
6040 {
6041 switch_to_section (targetm.asm_out.tm_clone_table_section ());
6042 assemble_align (POINTER_SIZE);
6043 switched = true;
6044 }
6045
6046 assemble_integer (XEXP (DECL_RTL (src), 0),
6047 POINTER_SIZE_UNITS, POINTER_SIZE, 1);
6048 assemble_integer (XEXP (DECL_RTL (dst), 0),
6049 POINTER_SIZE_UNITS, POINTER_SIZE, 1);
6050 }
6051 }
6052
6053 /* Provide a default for the tm_clone_table section. */
6054
6055 section *
6056 default_clone_table_section (void)
6057 {
6058 return get_named_section (NULL, ".tm_clone_table", 3);
6059 }
6060
6061 /* Helper comparison function for qsorting by the DECL_UID stored in
6062 alias_pair->emitted_diags. */
6063
6064 static int
6065 tm_alias_pair_cmp (const void *x, const void *y)
6066 {
6067 const tm_alias_pair *p1 = (const tm_alias_pair *) x;
6068 const tm_alias_pair *p2 = (const tm_alias_pair *) y;
6069 if (p1->uid < p2->uid)
6070 return -1;
6071 if (p1->uid > p2->uid)
6072 return 1;
6073 return 0;
6074 }
6075
6076 void
6077 finish_tm_clone_pairs (void)
6078 {
6079 vec<tm_alias_pair> tm_alias_pairs = vNULL;
6080
6081 if (tm_clone_hash == NULL)
6082 return;
6083
6084 /* We need a determenistic order for the .tm_clone_table, otherwise
6085 we will get bootstrap comparison failures, so dump the hash table
6086 to a vector, sort it, and dump the vector. */
6087
6088 /* Dump the hashtable to a vector. */
6089 tree_map *map;
6090 hash_table<tm_clone_hasher>::iterator iter;
6091 FOR_EACH_HASH_TABLE_ELEMENT (*tm_clone_hash, map, tree_map *, iter)
6092 {
6093 tm_alias_pair p = {DECL_UID (map->base.from), map->base.from, map->to};
6094 tm_alias_pairs.safe_push (p);
6095 }
6096 /* Sort it. */
6097 tm_alias_pairs.qsort (tm_alias_pair_cmp);
6098
6099 /* Dump it. */
6100 dump_tm_clone_pairs (tm_alias_pairs);
6101
6102 tm_clone_hash->empty ();
6103 tm_clone_hash = NULL;
6104 tm_alias_pairs.release ();
6105 }
6106
6107
6108 /* Emit an assembler directive to set symbol for DECL visibility to
6109 the visibility type VIS, which must not be VISIBILITY_DEFAULT. */
6110
6111 void
6112 default_assemble_visibility (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6113 int vis ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6114 {
6115 #ifdef HAVE_GAS_HIDDEN
6116 static const char * const visibility_types[] = {
6117 NULL, "protected", "hidden", "internal"
6118 };
6119
6120 const char *name, *type;
6121 tree id;
6122
6123 id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
6124 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
6125 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
6126
6127 type = visibility_types[vis];
6128
6129 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.%s\t", type);
6130 assemble_name (asm_out_file, name);
6131 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\n");
6132 #else
6133 if (!DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
6134 warning (OPT_Wattributes, "visibility attribute not supported "
6135 "in this configuration; ignored");
6136 #endif
6137 }
6138
6139 /* A helper function to call assemble_visibility when needed for a decl. */
6140
6141 int
6142 maybe_assemble_visibility (tree decl)
6143 {
6144 enum symbol_visibility vis = DECL_VISIBILITY (decl);
6145 if (vis != VISIBILITY_DEFAULT)
6146 {
6147 targetm.asm_out.assemble_visibility (decl, vis);
6148 return 1;
6149 }
6150 else
6151 return 0;
6152 }
6153
6154 /* Returns 1 if the target configuration supports defining public symbols
6155 so that one of them will be chosen at link time instead of generating a
6156 multiply-defined symbol error, whether through the use of weak symbols or
6157 a target-specific mechanism for having duplicates discarded. */
6158
6159 int
6160 supports_one_only (void)
6161 {
6162 if (SUPPORTS_ONE_ONLY)
6163 return 1;
6164 return TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK;
6165 }
6166
6167 /* Set up DECL as a public symbol that can be defined in multiple
6168 translation units without generating a linker error. */
6169
6170 void
6171 make_decl_one_only (tree decl, tree comdat_group)
6172 {
6173 struct symtab_node *symbol;
6174 gcc_assert (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl));
6175
6176 TREE_PUBLIC (decl) = 1;
6177
6178 if (VAR_P (decl))
6179 symbol = varpool_node::get_create (decl);
6180 else
6181 symbol = cgraph_node::get_create (decl);
6182
6183 if (SUPPORTS_ONE_ONLY)
6184 {
6185 #ifdef MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY
6186 MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl);
6187 #endif
6188 symbol->set_comdat_group (comdat_group);
6189 }
6190 else if (VAR_P (decl)
6191 && (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == 0
6192 || (!in_lto_p && DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)))
6193 DECL_COMMON (decl) = 1;
6194 else
6195 {
6196 gcc_assert (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK);
6197 DECL_WEAK (decl) = 1;
6198 }
6199 }
6200
6201 void
6202 init_varasm_once (void)
6203 {
6204 section_htab = hash_table<section_hasher>::create_ggc (31);
6205 object_block_htab = hash_table<object_block_hasher>::create_ggc (31);
6206 const_desc_htab = hash_table<tree_descriptor_hasher>::create_ggc (1009);
6207
6208 shared_constant_pool = create_constant_pool ();
6209
6210 #ifdef TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP
6211 text_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_CODE, output_section_asm_op,
6212 TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6213 #endif
6214
6215 #ifdef DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
6216 data_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE, output_section_asm_op,
6217 DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6218 #endif
6219
6220 #ifdef SDATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
6221 sdata_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE, output_section_asm_op,
6222 SDATA_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6223 #endif
6224
6225 #ifdef READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
6226 readonly_data_section = get_unnamed_section (0, output_section_asm_op,
6227 READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6228 #endif
6229
6230 #ifdef CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
6231 ctors_section = get_unnamed_section (0, output_section_asm_op,
6232 CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6233 #endif
6234
6235 #ifdef DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
6236 dtors_section = get_unnamed_section (0, output_section_asm_op,
6237 DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6238 #endif
6239
6240 #ifdef BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
6241 bss_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS,
6242 output_section_asm_op,
6243 BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6244 #endif
6245
6246 #ifdef SBSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
6247 sbss_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS,
6248 output_section_asm_op,
6249 SBSS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6250 #endif
6251
6252 tls_comm_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS
6253 | SECTION_COMMON, emit_tls_common);
6254 lcomm_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS
6255 | SECTION_COMMON, emit_local);
6256 comm_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS
6257 | SECTION_COMMON, emit_common);
6258
6259 #if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
6260 bss_noswitch_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS,
6261 emit_bss);
6262 #endif
6263
6264 targetm.asm_out.init_sections ();
6265
6266 if (readonly_data_section == NULL)
6267 readonly_data_section = text_section;
6268
6269 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
6270 pending_assemble_externals_set = new hash_set<tree>;
6271 #endif
6272 }
6273
6274 enum tls_model
6275 decl_default_tls_model (const_tree decl)
6276 {
6277 enum tls_model kind;
6278 bool is_local;
6279
6280 is_local = targetm.binds_local_p (decl);
6281 if (!flag_shlib)
6282 {
6283 if (is_local)
6284 kind = TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_EXEC;
6285 else
6286 kind = TLS_MODEL_INITIAL_EXEC;
6287 }
6288
6289 /* Local dynamic is inefficient when we're not combining the
6290 parts of the address. */
6291 else if (optimize && is_local)
6292 kind = TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_DYNAMIC;
6293 else
6294 kind = TLS_MODEL_GLOBAL_DYNAMIC;
6295 if (kind < flag_tls_default)
6296 kind = flag_tls_default;
6297
6298 return kind;
6299 }
6300
6301 /* Select a set of attributes for section NAME based on the properties
6302 of DECL and whether or not RELOC indicates that DECL's initializer
6303 might contain runtime relocations.
6304
6305 We make the section read-only and executable for a function decl,
6306 read-only for a const data decl, and writable for a non-const data decl. */
6307
6308 unsigned int
6309 default_section_type_flags (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc)
6310 {
6311 unsigned int flags;
6312
6313 if (decl && TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
6314 flags = SECTION_CODE;
6315 else if (decl)
6316 {
6317 enum section_category category
6318 = categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc);
6319 if (decl_readonly_section_1 (category))
6320 flags = 0;
6321 else if (category == SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO
6322 || category == SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL)
6323 flags = SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO;
6324 else
6325 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
6326 }
6327 else
6328 {
6329 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
6330 if (strcmp (name, ".data.rel.ro") == 0
6331 || strcmp (name, ".data.rel.ro.local") == 0)
6332 flags |= SECTION_RELRO;
6333 }
6334
6335 if (decl && DECL_P (decl) && DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl))
6336 flags |= SECTION_LINKONCE;
6337
6338 if (strcmp (name, ".vtable_map_vars") == 0)
6339 flags |= SECTION_LINKONCE;
6340
6341 if (decl && VAR_P (decl) && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
6342 flags |= SECTION_TLS | SECTION_WRITE;
6343
6344 if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0
6345 || strncmp (name, ".bss.", 5) == 0
6346 || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.b.", 16) == 0
6347 || strcmp (name, ".persistent.bss") == 0
6348 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
6349 || strncmp (name, ".sbss.", 6) == 0
6350 || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.sb.", 17) == 0)
6351 flags |= SECTION_BSS;
6352
6353 if (strcmp (name, ".tdata") == 0
6354 || strncmp (name, ".tdata.", 7) == 0
6355 || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.td.", 17) == 0)
6356 flags |= SECTION_TLS;
6357
6358 if (strcmp (name, ".tbss") == 0
6359 || strncmp (name, ".tbss.", 6) == 0
6360 || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.tb.", 17) == 0)
6361 flags |= SECTION_TLS | SECTION_BSS;
6362
6363 /* Various sections have special ELF types that the assembler will
6364 assign by default based on the name. They are neither SHT_PROGBITS
6365 nor SHT_NOBITS, so when changing sections we don't want to print a
6366 section type (@progbits or @nobits). Rather than duplicating the
6367 assembler's knowledge of what those special name patterns are, just
6368 let the assembler choose the type if we don't know a specific
6369 reason to set it to something other than the default. SHT_PROGBITS
6370 is the default for sections whose name is not specially known to
6371 the assembler, so it does no harm to leave the choice to the
6372 assembler when @progbits is the best thing we know to use. If
6373 someone is silly enough to emit code or TLS variables to one of
6374 these sections, then don't handle them specially.
6375
6376 default_elf_asm_named_section (below) handles the BSS, TLS, ENTSIZE, and
6377 LINKONCE cases when NOTYPE is not set, so leave those to its logic. */
6378 if (!(flags & (SECTION_CODE | SECTION_BSS | SECTION_TLS | SECTION_ENTSIZE))
6379 && !(HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE)))
6380 flags |= SECTION_NOTYPE;
6381
6382 return flags;
6383 }
6384
6385 /* Return true if the target supports some form of global BSS,
6386 either through bss_noswitch_section, or by selecting a BSS
6387 section in TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION. */
6388
6389 bool
6390 have_global_bss_p (void)
6391 {
6392 return bss_noswitch_section || targetm.have_switchable_bss_sections;
6393 }
6394
6395 /* Output assembly to switch to section NAME with attribute FLAGS.
6396 Four variants for common object file formats. */
6397
6398 void
6399 default_no_named_section (const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6400 unsigned int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6401 tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6402 {
6403 /* Some object formats don't support named sections at all. The
6404 front-end should already have flagged this as an error. */
6405 gcc_unreachable ();
6406 }
6407
6408 #ifndef TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG
6409 #define TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG 'T'
6410 #endif
6411
6412 void
6413 default_elf_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags,
6414 tree decl)
6415 {
6416 char flagchars[11], *f = flagchars;
6417 unsigned int numeric_value = 0;
6418
6419 /* If we have already declared this section, we can use an
6420 abbreviated form to switch back to it -- unless this section is
6421 part of a COMDAT groups, in which case GAS requires the full
6422 declaration every time. */
6423 if (!(HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE))
6424 && (flags & SECTION_DECLARED))
6425 {
6426 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section\t%s\n", name);
6427 return;
6428 }
6429
6430 /* If we have a machine specific flag, then use the numeric value to pass
6431 this on to GAS. */
6432 if (targetm.asm_out.elf_flags_numeric (flags, &numeric_value))
6433 snprintf (f, sizeof (flagchars), "0x%08x", numeric_value);
6434 else
6435 {
6436 if (!(flags & SECTION_DEBUG))
6437 *f++ = 'a';
6438 #if HAVE_GAS_SECTION_EXCLUDE
6439 if (flags & SECTION_EXCLUDE)
6440 *f++ = 'e';
6441 #endif
6442 if (flags & SECTION_WRITE)
6443 *f++ = 'w';
6444 if (flags & SECTION_CODE)
6445 *f++ = 'x';
6446 if (flags & SECTION_SMALL)
6447 *f++ = 's';
6448 if (flags & SECTION_MERGE)
6449 *f++ = 'M';
6450 if (flags & SECTION_STRINGS)
6451 *f++ = 'S';
6452 if (flags & SECTION_TLS)
6453 *f++ = TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG;
6454 if (HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE))
6455 *f++ = 'G';
6456 #ifdef MACH_DEP_SECTION_ASM_FLAG
6457 if (flags & SECTION_MACH_DEP)
6458 *f++ = MACH_DEP_SECTION_ASM_FLAG;
6459 #endif
6460 *f = '\0';
6461 }
6462
6463 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section\t%s,\"%s\"", name, flagchars);
6464
6465 /* default_section_type_flags (above) knows which flags need special
6466 handling here, and sets NOTYPE when none of these apply so that the
6467 assembler's logic for default types can apply to user-chosen
6468 section names. */
6469 if (!(flags & SECTION_NOTYPE))
6470 {
6471 const char *type;
6472 const char *format;
6473
6474 if (flags & SECTION_BSS)
6475 type = "nobits";
6476 else
6477 type = "progbits";
6478
6479 format = ",@%s";
6480 /* On platforms that use "@" as the assembly comment character,
6481 use "%" instead. */
6482 if (strcmp (ASM_COMMENT_START, "@") == 0)
6483 format = ",%%%s";
6484 fprintf (asm_out_file, format, type);
6485
6486 if (flags & SECTION_ENTSIZE)
6487 fprintf (asm_out_file, ",%d", flags & SECTION_ENTSIZE);
6488 if (HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE))
6489 {
6490 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
6491 fprintf (asm_out_file, ",%s,comdat", IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl));
6492 else
6493 fprintf (asm_out_file, ",%s,comdat",
6494 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl)));
6495 }
6496 }
6497
6498 putc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6499 }
6500
6501 void
6502 default_coff_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags,
6503 tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6504 {
6505 char flagchars[8], *f = flagchars;
6506
6507 if (flags & SECTION_WRITE)
6508 *f++ = 'w';
6509 if (flags & SECTION_CODE)
6510 *f++ = 'x';
6511 *f = '\0';
6512
6513 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section\t%s,\"%s\"\n", name, flagchars);
6514 }
6515
6516 void
6517 default_pe_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags,
6518 tree decl)
6519 {
6520 default_coff_asm_named_section (name, flags, decl);
6521
6522 if (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE)
6523 {
6524 /* Functions may have been compiled at various levels of
6525 optimization so we can't use `same_size' here.
6526 Instead, have the linker pick one. */
6527 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.linkonce %s\n",
6528 (flags & SECTION_CODE ? "discard" : "same_size"));
6529 }
6530 }
6531 \f
6532 /* The lame default section selector. */
6533
6534 section *
6535 default_select_section (tree decl, int reloc,
6536 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6537 {
6538 if (DECL_P (decl))
6539 {
6540 if (decl_readonly_section (decl, reloc))
6541 return readonly_data_section;
6542 }
6543 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONSTRUCTOR)
6544 {
6545 if (! ((flag_pic && reloc)
6546 || !TREE_READONLY (decl)
6547 || TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)
6548 || !TREE_CONSTANT (decl)))
6549 return readonly_data_section;
6550 }
6551 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST)
6552 return readonly_data_section;
6553 else if (! (flag_pic && reloc))
6554 return readonly_data_section;
6555
6556 return data_section;
6557 }
6558
6559 enum section_category
6560 categorize_decl_for_section (const_tree decl, int reloc)
6561 {
6562 enum section_category ret;
6563
6564 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
6565 return SECCAT_TEXT;
6566 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST)
6567 {
6568 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
6569 && asan_protect_global (CONST_CAST_TREE (decl)))
6570 /* or !flag_merge_constants */
6571 return SECCAT_RODATA;
6572 else
6573 return SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR;
6574 }
6575 else if (VAR_P (decl))
6576 {
6577 tree d = CONST_CAST_TREE (decl);
6578 if (bss_initializer_p (decl))
6579 ret = SECCAT_BSS;
6580 else if (! TREE_READONLY (decl)
6581 || TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)
6582 || (DECL_INITIAL (decl)
6583 && ! TREE_CONSTANT (DECL_INITIAL (decl))))
6584 {
6585 /* Here the reloc_rw_mask is not testing whether the section should
6586 be read-only or not, but whether the dynamic link will have to
6587 do something. If so, we wish to segregate the data in order to
6588 minimize cache misses inside the dynamic linker. */
6589 if (reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6590 ret = reloc == 1 ? SECCAT_DATA_REL_LOCAL : SECCAT_DATA_REL;
6591 else
6592 ret = SECCAT_DATA;
6593 }
6594 else if (reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6595 ret = reloc == 1 ? SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL : SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO;
6596 else if (reloc || flag_merge_constants < 2
6597 || ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
6598 /* PR 81697: for architectures that use section anchors we
6599 need to ignore DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl) for string constants
6600 inside this asan_protect_global call because otherwise
6601 we'll wrongly put them into SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST
6602 section, set DECL_RTL (decl) later on and add DECL to
6603 protected globals via successive asan_protect_global
6604 calls. In this scenario we'll end up with wrong
6605 alignment of these strings at runtime and possible ASan
6606 false positives. */
6607 && asan_protect_global (d, use_object_blocks_p ()
6608 && use_blocks_for_decl_p (d))))
6609 /* C and C++ don't allow different variables to share the same
6610 location. -fmerge-all-constants allows even that (at the
6611 expense of not conforming). */
6612 ret = SECCAT_RODATA;
6613 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl)
6614 && TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST)
6615 ret = SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT;
6616 else
6617 ret = SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST;
6618 }
6619 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONSTRUCTOR)
6620 {
6621 if ((reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6622 || TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)
6623 || ! TREE_CONSTANT (decl))
6624 ret = SECCAT_DATA;
6625 else
6626 ret = SECCAT_RODATA;
6627 }
6628 else
6629 ret = SECCAT_RODATA;
6630
6631 /* There are no read-only thread-local sections. */
6632 if (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
6633 {
6634 /* Note that this would be *just* SECCAT_BSS, except that there's
6635 no concept of a read-only thread-local-data section. */
6636 if (ret == SECCAT_BSS
6637 || DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL
6638 || (flag_zero_initialized_in_bss
6639 && initializer_zerop (DECL_INITIAL (decl))))
6640 ret = SECCAT_TBSS;
6641 else
6642 ret = SECCAT_TDATA;
6643 }
6644
6645 /* If the target uses small data sections, select it. */
6646 else if (targetm.in_small_data_p (decl))
6647 {
6648 if (ret == SECCAT_BSS)
6649 ret = SECCAT_SBSS;
6650 else if (targetm.have_srodata_section && ret == SECCAT_RODATA)
6651 ret = SECCAT_SRODATA;
6652 else
6653 ret = SECCAT_SDATA;
6654 }
6655
6656 return ret;
6657 }
6658
6659 static bool
6660 decl_readonly_section_1 (enum section_category category)
6661 {
6662 switch (category)
6663 {
6664 case SECCAT_RODATA:
6665 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR:
6666 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT:
6667 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST:
6668 case SECCAT_SRODATA:
6669 return true;
6670 default:
6671 return false;
6672 }
6673 }
6674
6675 bool
6676 decl_readonly_section (const_tree decl, int reloc)
6677 {
6678 return decl_readonly_section_1 (categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc));
6679 }
6680
6681 /* Select a section based on the above categorization. */
6682
6683 section *
6684 default_elf_select_section (tree decl, int reloc,
6685 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align)
6686 {
6687 const char *sname;
6688 switch (categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc))
6689 {
6690 case SECCAT_TEXT:
6691 /* We're not supposed to be called on FUNCTION_DECLs. */
6692 gcc_unreachable ();
6693 case SECCAT_RODATA:
6694 return readonly_data_section;
6695 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR:
6696 return mergeable_string_section (decl, align, 0);
6697 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT:
6698 return mergeable_string_section (DECL_INITIAL (decl), align, 0);
6699 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST:
6700 return mergeable_constant_section (DECL_MODE (decl), align, 0);
6701 case SECCAT_SRODATA:
6702 sname = ".sdata2";
6703 break;
6704 case SECCAT_DATA:
6705 return data_section;
6706 case SECCAT_DATA_REL:
6707 sname = ".data.rel";
6708 break;
6709 case SECCAT_DATA_REL_LOCAL:
6710 sname = ".data.rel.local";
6711 break;
6712 case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO:
6713 sname = ".data.rel.ro";
6714 break;
6715 case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL:
6716 sname = ".data.rel.ro.local";
6717 break;
6718 case SECCAT_SDATA:
6719 sname = ".sdata";
6720 break;
6721 case SECCAT_TDATA:
6722 sname = ".tdata";
6723 break;
6724 case SECCAT_BSS:
6725 if (bss_section)
6726 return bss_section;
6727 sname = ".bss";
6728 break;
6729 case SECCAT_SBSS:
6730 sname = ".sbss";
6731 break;
6732 case SECCAT_TBSS:
6733 sname = ".tbss";
6734 break;
6735 default:
6736 gcc_unreachable ();
6737 }
6738
6739 return get_named_section (decl, sname, reloc);
6740 }
6741
6742 /* Construct a unique section name based on the decl name and the
6743 categorization performed above. */
6744
6745 void
6746 default_unique_section (tree decl, int reloc)
6747 {
6748 /* We only need to use .gnu.linkonce if we don't have COMDAT groups. */
6749 bool one_only = DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl) && !HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP;
6750 const char *prefix, *name, *linkonce;
6751 char *string;
6752 tree id;
6753
6754 switch (categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc))
6755 {
6756 case SECCAT_TEXT:
6757 prefix = one_only ? ".t" : ".text";
6758 break;
6759 case SECCAT_RODATA:
6760 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR:
6761 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT:
6762 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST:
6763 prefix = one_only ? ".r" : ".rodata";
6764 break;
6765 case SECCAT_SRODATA:
6766 prefix = one_only ? ".s2" : ".sdata2";
6767 break;
6768 case SECCAT_DATA:
6769 prefix = one_only ? ".d" : ".data";
6770 break;
6771 case SECCAT_DATA_REL:
6772 prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel" : ".data.rel";
6773 break;
6774 case SECCAT_DATA_REL_LOCAL:
6775 prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel.local" : ".data.rel.local";
6776 break;
6777 case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO:
6778 prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel.ro" : ".data.rel.ro";
6779 break;
6780 case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL:
6781 prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel.ro.local" : ".data.rel.ro.local";
6782 break;
6783 case SECCAT_SDATA:
6784 prefix = one_only ? ".s" : ".sdata";
6785 break;
6786 case SECCAT_BSS:
6787 prefix = one_only ? ".b" : ".bss";
6788 break;
6789 case SECCAT_SBSS:
6790 prefix = one_only ? ".sb" : ".sbss";
6791 break;
6792 case SECCAT_TDATA:
6793 prefix = one_only ? ".td" : ".tdata";
6794 break;
6795 case SECCAT_TBSS:
6796 prefix = one_only ? ".tb" : ".tbss";
6797 break;
6798 default:
6799 gcc_unreachable ();
6800 }
6801
6802 id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
6803 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
6804 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
6805 name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
6806
6807 /* If we're using one_only, then there needs to be a .gnu.linkonce
6808 prefix to the section name. */
6809 linkonce = one_only ? ".gnu.linkonce" : "";
6810
6811 string = ACONCAT ((linkonce, prefix, ".", name, NULL));
6812
6813 set_decl_section_name (decl, string);
6814 }
6815
6816 /* Subroutine of compute_reloc_for_rtx for leaf rtxes. */
6817
6818 static int
6819 compute_reloc_for_rtx_1 (const_rtx x)
6820 {
6821 switch (GET_CODE (x))
6822 {
6823 case SYMBOL_REF:
6824 return SYMBOL_REF_LOCAL_P (x) ? 1 : 2;
6825 case LABEL_REF:
6826 return 1;
6827 default:
6828 return 0;
6829 }
6830 }
6831
6832 /* Like compute_reloc_for_constant, except for an RTX. The return value
6833 is a mask for which bit 1 indicates a global relocation, and bit 0
6834 indicates a local relocation. */
6835
6836 static int
6837 compute_reloc_for_rtx (const_rtx x)
6838 {
6839 switch (GET_CODE (x))
6840 {
6841 case SYMBOL_REF:
6842 case LABEL_REF:
6843 return compute_reloc_for_rtx_1 (x);
6844
6845 case CONST:
6846 {
6847 int reloc = 0;
6848 subrtx_iterator::array_type array;
6849 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter, array, x, ALL)
6850 reloc |= compute_reloc_for_rtx_1 (*iter);
6851 return reloc;
6852 }
6853
6854 default:
6855 return 0;
6856 }
6857 }
6858
6859 section *
6860 default_select_rtx_section (machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6861 rtx x,
6862 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6863 {
6864 if (compute_reloc_for_rtx (x) & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6865 return data_section;
6866 else
6867 return readonly_data_section;
6868 }
6869
6870 section *
6871 default_elf_select_rtx_section (machine_mode mode, rtx x,
6872 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align)
6873 {
6874 int reloc = compute_reloc_for_rtx (x);
6875
6876 /* ??? Handle small data here somehow. */
6877
6878 if (reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6879 {
6880 if (reloc == 1)
6881 return get_named_section (NULL, ".data.rel.ro.local", 1);
6882 else
6883 return get_named_section (NULL, ".data.rel.ro", 3);
6884 }
6885
6886 return mergeable_constant_section (mode, align, 0);
6887 }
6888
6889 /* Set the generally applicable flags on the SYMBOL_REF for EXP. */
6890
6891 void
6892 default_encode_section_info (tree decl, rtx rtl, int first ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6893 {
6894 rtx symbol;
6895 int flags;
6896
6897 /* Careful not to prod global register variables. */
6898 if (!MEM_P (rtl))
6899 return;
6900 symbol = XEXP (rtl, 0);
6901 if (GET_CODE (symbol) != SYMBOL_REF)
6902 return;
6903
6904 flags = SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) & SYMBOL_FLAG_HAS_BLOCK_INFO;
6905 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
6906 flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_FUNCTION;
6907 if (targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
6908 flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
6909 if (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
6910 flags |= DECL_TLS_MODEL (decl) << SYMBOL_FLAG_TLS_SHIFT;
6911 else if (targetm.in_small_data_p (decl))
6912 flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_SMALL;
6913 /* ??? Why is DECL_EXTERNAL ever set for non-PUBLIC names? Without
6914 being PUBLIC, the thing *must* be defined in this translation unit.
6915 Prevent this buglet from being propagated into rtl code as well. */
6916 if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
6917 flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_EXTERNAL;
6918
6919 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) = flags;
6920 }
6921
6922 /* By default, we do nothing for encode_section_info, so we need not
6923 do anything but discard the '*' marker. */
6924
6925 const char *
6926 default_strip_name_encoding (const char *str)
6927 {
6928 return str + (*str == '*');
6929 }
6930
6931 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEF
6932 /* The default implementation of TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ANCHOR. Define the
6933 anchor relative to ".", the current section position. */
6934
6935 void
6936 default_asm_output_anchor (rtx symbol)
6937 {
6938 char buffer[100];
6939
6940 sprintf (buffer, "*. + " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC,
6941 SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol));
6942 ASM_OUTPUT_DEF (asm_out_file, XSTR (symbol, 0), buffer);
6943 }
6944 #endif
6945
6946 /* The default implementation of TARGET_USE_ANCHORS_FOR_SYMBOL_P. */
6947
6948 bool
6949 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p (const_rtx symbol)
6950 {
6951 section *sect;
6952 tree decl;
6953
6954 /* Don't use anchors for mergeable sections. The linker might move
6955 the objects around. */
6956 sect = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol)->sect;
6957 if (sect->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE)
6958 return false;
6959
6960 /* Don't use anchors for small data sections. The small data register
6961 acts as an anchor for such sections. */
6962 if (sect->common.flags & SECTION_SMALL)
6963 return false;
6964
6965 decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
6966 if (decl && DECL_P (decl))
6967 {
6968 /* Don't use section anchors for decls that might be defined or
6969 usurped by other modules. */
6970 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && !decl_binds_to_current_def_p (decl))
6971 return false;
6972
6973 /* Don't use section anchors for decls that will be placed in a
6974 small data section. */
6975 /* ??? Ideally, this check would be redundant with the SECTION_SMALL
6976 one above. The problem is that we only use SECTION_SMALL for
6977 sections that should be marked as small in the section directive. */
6978 if (targetm.in_small_data_p (decl))
6979 return false;
6980
6981 /* Don't use section anchors for decls that won't fit inside a single
6982 anchor range to reduce the amount of instructions required to refer
6983 to the entire declaration. */
6984 if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl) == NULL_TREE
6985 || !tree_fits_uhwi_p (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl))
6986 || (tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl))
6987 >= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) targetm.max_anchor_offset))
6988 return false;
6989
6990 }
6991 return true;
6992 }
6993
6994 /* Return true when RESOLUTION indicate that symbol will be bound to the
6995 definition provided by current .o file. */
6996
6997 static bool
6998 resolution_to_local_definition_p (enum ld_plugin_symbol_resolution resolution)
6999 {
7000 return (resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF
7001 || resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF_IRONLY_EXP
7002 || resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF_IRONLY);
7003 }
7004
7005 /* Return true when RESOLUTION indicate that symbol will be bound locally
7006 within current executable or DSO. */
7007
7008 static bool
7009 resolution_local_p (enum ld_plugin_symbol_resolution resolution)
7010 {
7011 return (resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF
7012 || resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF_IRONLY
7013 || resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF_IRONLY_EXP
7014 || resolution == LDPR_PREEMPTED_REG
7015 || resolution == LDPR_PREEMPTED_IR
7016 || resolution == LDPR_RESOLVED_IR
7017 || resolution == LDPR_RESOLVED_EXEC);
7018 }
7019
7020 /* COMMON_LOCAL_P is true means that the linker can guarantee that an
7021 uninitialized common symbol in the executable will still be defined
7022 (through COPY relocation) in the executable. */
7023
7024 bool
7025 default_binds_local_p_3 (const_tree exp, bool shlib, bool weak_dominate,
7026 bool extern_protected_data, bool common_local_p)
7027 {
7028 /* A non-decl is an entry in the constant pool. */
7029 if (!DECL_P (exp))
7030 return true;
7031
7032 /* Weakrefs may not bind locally, even though the weakref itself is always
7033 static and therefore local. Similarly, the resolver for ifunc functions
7034 might resolve to a non-local function.
7035 FIXME: We can resolve the weakref case more curefuly by looking at the
7036 weakref alias. */
7037 if (lookup_attribute ("weakref", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (exp))
7038 || (TREE_CODE (exp) == FUNCTION_DECL
7039 && cgraph_node::get (exp)
7040 && cgraph_node::get (exp)->ifunc_resolver))
7041 return false;
7042
7043 /* Static variables are always local. */
7044 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (exp))
7045 return true;
7046
7047 /* With resolution file in hand, take look into resolutions.
7048 We can't just return true for resolved_locally symbols,
7049 because dynamic linking might overwrite symbols
7050 in shared libraries. */
7051 bool resolved_locally = false;
7052
7053 bool uninited_common = (DECL_COMMON (exp)
7054 && (DECL_INITIAL (exp) == NULL
7055 || (!in_lto_p
7056 && DECL_INITIAL (exp) == error_mark_node)));
7057
7058 /* A non-external variable is defined locally only if it isn't
7059 uninitialized COMMON variable or common_local_p is true. */
7060 bool defined_locally = (!DECL_EXTERNAL (exp)
7061 && (!uninited_common || common_local_p));
7062 if (symtab_node *node = symtab_node::get (exp))
7063 {
7064 if (node->in_other_partition)
7065 defined_locally = true;
7066 if (node->can_be_discarded_p ())
7067 ;
7068 else if (resolution_to_local_definition_p (node->resolution))
7069 defined_locally = resolved_locally = true;
7070 else if (resolution_local_p (node->resolution))
7071 resolved_locally = true;
7072 }
7073 if (defined_locally && weak_dominate && !shlib)
7074 resolved_locally = true;
7075
7076 /* Undefined weak symbols are never defined locally. */
7077 if (DECL_WEAK (exp) && !defined_locally)
7078 return false;
7079
7080 /* A symbol is local if the user has said explicitly that it will be,
7081 or if we have a definition for the symbol. We cannot infer visibility
7082 for undefined symbols. */
7083 if (DECL_VISIBILITY (exp) != VISIBILITY_DEFAULT
7084 && (TREE_CODE (exp) == FUNCTION_DECL
7085 || !extern_protected_data
7086 || DECL_VISIBILITY (exp) != VISIBILITY_PROTECTED)
7087 && (DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED (exp) || defined_locally))
7088 return true;
7089
7090 /* If PIC, then assume that any global name can be overridden by
7091 symbols resolved from other modules. */
7092 if (shlib)
7093 return false;
7094
7095 /* Variables defined outside this object might not be local. */
7096 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (exp) && !resolved_locally)
7097 return false;
7098
7099 /* Non-dominant weak symbols are not defined locally. */
7100 if (DECL_WEAK (exp) && !resolved_locally)
7101 return false;
7102
7103 /* Uninitialized COMMON variable may be unified with symbols
7104 resolved from other modules. */
7105 if (uninited_common && !resolved_locally)
7106 return false;
7107
7108 /* Otherwise we're left with initialized (or non-common) global data
7109 which is of necessity defined locally. */
7110 return true;
7111 }
7112
7113 /* Assume ELF-ish defaults, since that's pretty much the most liberal
7114 wrt cross-module name binding. */
7115
7116 bool
7117 default_binds_local_p (const_tree exp)
7118 {
7119 return default_binds_local_p_3 (exp, flag_shlib != 0, true, false, false);
7120 }
7121
7122 /* Similar to default_binds_local_p, but common symbol may be local and
7123 extern protected data is non-local. */
7124
7125 bool
7126 default_binds_local_p_2 (const_tree exp)
7127 {
7128 return default_binds_local_p_3 (exp, flag_shlib != 0, true, true,
7129 !flag_pic);
7130 }
7131
7132 bool
7133 default_binds_local_p_1 (const_tree exp, int shlib)
7134 {
7135 return default_binds_local_p_3 (exp, shlib != 0, false, false, false);
7136 }
7137
7138 /* Return true when references to DECL must bind to current definition in
7139 final executable.
7140
7141 The condition is usually equivalent to whether the function binds to the
7142 current module (shared library or executable), that is to binds_local_p.
7143 We use this fact to avoid need for another target hook and implement
7144 the logic using binds_local_p and just special cases where
7145 decl_binds_to_current_def_p is stronger than binds_local_p. In particular
7146 the weak definitions (that can be overwritten at linktime by other
7147 definition from different object file) and when resolution info is available
7148 we simply use the knowledge passed to us by linker plugin. */
7149 bool
7150 decl_binds_to_current_def_p (const_tree decl)
7151 {
7152 gcc_assert (DECL_P (decl));
7153 if (!targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
7154 return false;
7155 if (!TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
7156 return true;
7157
7158 /* When resolution is available, just use it. */
7159 if (symtab_node *node = symtab_node::get (decl))
7160 {
7161 if (node->resolution != LDPR_UNKNOWN
7162 && !node->can_be_discarded_p ())
7163 return resolution_to_local_definition_p (node->resolution);
7164 }
7165
7166 /* Otherwise we have to assume the worst for DECL_WEAK (hidden weaks
7167 binds locally but still can be overwritten), DECL_COMMON (can be merged
7168 with a non-common definition somewhere in the same module) or
7169 DECL_EXTERNAL.
7170 This rely on fact that binds_local_p behave as decl_replaceable_p
7171 for all other declaration types. */
7172 if (DECL_WEAK (decl))
7173 return false;
7174 if (DECL_COMMON (decl)
7175 && (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL
7176 || (!in_lto_p && DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)))
7177 return false;
7178 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
7179 return false;
7180 return true;
7181 }
7182
7183 /* A replaceable function or variable is one which may be replaced
7184 at link-time with an entirely different definition, provided that the
7185 replacement has the same type. For example, functions declared
7186 with __attribute__((weak)) on most systems are replaceable.
7187
7188 COMDAT functions are not replaceable, since all definitions of the
7189 function must be equivalent. It is important that COMDAT functions
7190 not be treated as replaceable so that use of C++ template
7191 instantiations is not penalized. */
7192
7193 bool
7194 decl_replaceable_p (tree decl)
7195 {
7196 gcc_assert (DECL_P (decl));
7197 if (!TREE_PUBLIC (decl) || DECL_COMDAT (decl))
7198 return false;
7199 if (!flag_semantic_interposition
7200 && !DECL_WEAK (decl))
7201 return false;
7202 return !decl_binds_to_current_def_p (decl);
7203 }
7204
7205 /* Default function to output code that will globalize a label. A
7206 target must define GLOBAL_ASM_OP or provide its own function to
7207 globalize a label. */
7208 #ifdef GLOBAL_ASM_OP
7209 void
7210 default_globalize_label (FILE * stream, const char *name)
7211 {
7212 fputs (GLOBAL_ASM_OP, stream);
7213 assemble_name (stream, name);
7214 putc ('\n', stream);
7215 }
7216 #endif /* GLOBAL_ASM_OP */
7217
7218 /* Default function to output code that will globalize a declaration. */
7219 void
7220 default_globalize_decl_name (FILE * stream, tree decl)
7221 {
7222 const char *name = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), 0);
7223 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (stream, name);
7224 }
7225
7226 /* Default function to output a label for unwind information. The
7227 default is to do nothing. A target that needs nonlocal labels for
7228 unwind information must provide its own function to do this. */
7229 void
7230 default_emit_unwind_label (FILE * stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7231 tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7232 int for_eh ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7233 int empty ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7234 {
7235 }
7236
7237 /* Default function to output a label to divide up the exception table.
7238 The default is to do nothing. A target that needs/wants to divide
7239 up the table must provide it's own function to do this. */
7240 void
7241 default_emit_except_table_label (FILE * stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7242 {
7243 }
7244
7245 /* This is how to output an internal numbered label where PREFIX is
7246 the class of label and LABELNO is the number within the class. */
7247
7248 void
7249 default_generate_internal_label (char *buf, const char *prefix,
7250 unsigned long labelno)
7251 {
7252 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, labelno);
7253 }
7254
7255 /* This is how to output an internal numbered label where PREFIX is
7256 the class of label and LABELNO is the number within the class. */
7257
7258 void
7259 default_internal_label (FILE *stream, const char *prefix,
7260 unsigned long labelno)
7261 {
7262 char *const buf = (char *) alloca (40 + strlen (prefix));
7263 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, labelno);
7264 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (stream, buf);
7265 }
7266
7267
7268 /* The default implementation of ASM_DECLARE_CONSTANT_NAME. */
7269
7270 void
7271 default_asm_declare_constant_name (FILE *file, const char *name,
7272 const_tree exp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7273 HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7274 {
7275 assemble_label (file, name);
7276 }
7277
7278 /* This is the default behavior at the beginning of a file. It's
7279 controlled by two other target-hook toggles. */
7280 void
7281 default_file_start (void)
7282 {
7283 if (targetm.asm_file_start_app_off
7284 && !(flag_verbose_asm || flag_debug_asm || flag_dump_rtl_in_asm))
7285 fputs (ASM_APP_OFF, asm_out_file);
7286
7287 if (targetm.asm_file_start_file_directive)
7288 {
7289 /* LTO produced units have no meaningful main_input_filename. */
7290 if (in_lto_p)
7291 output_file_directive (asm_out_file, "<artificial>");
7292 else
7293 output_file_directive (asm_out_file, main_input_filename);
7294 }
7295 }
7296
7297 /* This is a generic routine suitable for use as TARGET_ASM_FILE_END
7298 which emits a special section directive used to indicate whether or
7299 not this object file needs an executable stack. This is primarily
7300 a GNU extension to ELF but could be used on other targets. */
7301
7302 int trampolines_created;
7303
7304 void
7305 file_end_indicate_exec_stack (void)
7306 {
7307 unsigned int flags = SECTION_DEBUG;
7308 if (trampolines_created)
7309 flags |= SECTION_CODE;
7310
7311 switch_to_section (get_section (".note.GNU-stack", flags, NULL));
7312 }
7313
7314 /* Emit a special section directive to indicate that this object file
7315 was compiled with -fsplit-stack. This is used to let the linker
7316 detect calls between split-stack code and non-split-stack code, so
7317 that it can modify the split-stack code to allocate a sufficiently
7318 large stack. We emit another special section if there are any
7319 functions in this file which have the no_split_stack attribute, to
7320 prevent the linker from warning about being unable to convert the
7321 functions if they call non-split-stack code. */
7322
7323 void
7324 file_end_indicate_split_stack (void)
7325 {
7326 if (flag_split_stack)
7327 {
7328 switch_to_section (get_section (".note.GNU-split-stack", SECTION_DEBUG,
7329 NULL));
7330 if (saw_no_split_stack)
7331 switch_to_section (get_section (".note.GNU-no-split-stack",
7332 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
7333 }
7334 }
7335
7336 /* Output DIRECTIVE (a C string) followed by a newline. This is used as
7337 a get_unnamed_section callback. */
7338
7339 void
7340 output_section_asm_op (const void *directive)
7341 {
7342 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s\n", (const char *) directive);
7343 }
7344
7345 /* Emit assembly code to switch to section NEW_SECTION. Do nothing if
7346 the current section is NEW_SECTION. */
7347
7348 void
7349 switch_to_section (section *new_section)
7350 {
7351 if (in_section == new_section)
7352 return;
7353
7354 if (new_section->common.flags & SECTION_FORGET)
7355 in_section = NULL;
7356 else
7357 in_section = new_section;
7358
7359 switch (SECTION_STYLE (new_section))
7360 {
7361 case SECTION_NAMED:
7362 targetm.asm_out.named_section (new_section->named.name,
7363 new_section->named.common.flags,
7364 new_section->named.decl);
7365 break;
7366
7367 case SECTION_UNNAMED:
7368 new_section->unnamed.callback (new_section->unnamed.data);
7369 break;
7370
7371 case SECTION_NOSWITCH:
7372 gcc_unreachable ();
7373 break;
7374 }
7375
7376 new_section->common.flags |= SECTION_DECLARED;
7377 }
7378
7379 /* If block symbol SYMBOL has not yet been assigned an offset, place
7380 it at the end of its block. */
7381
7382 void
7383 place_block_symbol (rtx symbol)
7384 {
7385 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, mask, offset;
7386 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
7387 unsigned int alignment;
7388 struct object_block *block;
7389 tree decl;
7390
7391 gcc_assert (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol));
7392 if (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) >= 0)
7393 return;
7394
7395 /* Work out the symbol's size and alignment. */
7396 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
7397 {
7398 desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (symbol);
7399 alignment = desc->align;
7400 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (desc->mode);
7401 }
7402 else if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
7403 {
7404 decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7405 gcc_checking_assert (DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl));
7406 alignment = DECL_ALIGN (decl);
7407 size = get_constant_size (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
7408 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
7409 && TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST
7410 && asan_protect_global (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
7411 {
7412 size += asan_red_zone_size (size);
7413 alignment = MAX (alignment,
7414 ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT);
7415 }
7416 }
7417 else
7418 {
7419 struct symtab_node *snode;
7420 decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7421
7422 snode = symtab_node::get (decl);
7423 if (snode->alias)
7424 {
7425 rtx target = DECL_RTL (snode->ultimate_alias_target ()->decl);
7426
7427 gcc_assert (MEM_P (target)
7428 && GET_CODE (XEXP (target, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
7429 && SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (XEXP (target, 0)));
7430 target = XEXP (target, 0);
7431 place_block_symbol (target);
7432 SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (target);
7433 return;
7434 }
7435 alignment = get_variable_align (decl);
7436 size = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl));
7437 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
7438 && asan_protect_global (decl))
7439 {
7440 size += asan_red_zone_size (size);
7441 alignment = MAX (alignment,
7442 ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT);
7443 }
7444 }
7445
7446 /* Calculate the object's offset from the start of the block. */
7447 block = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol);
7448 mask = alignment / BITS_PER_UNIT - 1;
7449 offset = (block->size + mask) & ~mask;
7450 SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) = offset;
7451
7452 /* Record the block's new alignment and size. */
7453 block->alignment = MAX (block->alignment, alignment);
7454 block->size = offset + size;
7455
7456 vec_safe_push (block->objects, symbol);
7457 }
7458
7459 /* Return the anchor that should be used to address byte offset OFFSET
7460 from the first object in BLOCK. MODEL is the TLS model used
7461 to access it. */
7462
7463 rtx
7464 get_section_anchor (struct object_block *block, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
7465 enum tls_model model)
7466 {
7467 char label[100];
7468 unsigned int begin, middle, end;
7469 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT min_offset, max_offset, range, bias, delta;
7470 rtx anchor;
7471
7472 /* Work out the anchor's offset. Use an offset of 0 for the first
7473 anchor so that we don't pessimize the case where we take the address
7474 of a variable at the beginning of the block. This is particularly
7475 useful when a block has only one variable assigned to it.
7476
7477 We try to place anchors RANGE bytes apart, so there can then be
7478 anchors at +/-RANGE, +/-2 * RANGE, and so on, up to the limits of
7479 a ptr_mode offset. With some target settings, the lowest such
7480 anchor might be out of range for the lowest ptr_mode offset;
7481 likewise the highest anchor for the highest offset. Use anchors
7482 at the extreme ends of the ptr_mode range in such cases.
7483
7484 All arithmetic uses unsigned integers in order to avoid
7485 signed overflow. */
7486 max_offset = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) targetm.max_anchor_offset;
7487 min_offset = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) targetm.min_anchor_offset;
7488 range = max_offset - min_offset + 1;
7489 if (range == 0)
7490 offset = 0;
7491 else
7492 {
7493 bias = HOST_WIDE_INT_1U << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (ptr_mode) - 1);
7494 if (offset < 0)
7495 {
7496 delta = -(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) offset + max_offset;
7497 delta -= delta % range;
7498 if (delta > bias)
7499 delta = bias;
7500 offset = (HOST_WIDE_INT) (-delta);
7501 }
7502 else
7503 {
7504 delta = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) offset - min_offset;
7505 delta -= delta % range;
7506 if (delta > bias - 1)
7507 delta = bias - 1;
7508 offset = (HOST_WIDE_INT) delta;
7509 }
7510 }
7511
7512 /* Do a binary search to see if there's already an anchor we can use.
7513 Set BEGIN to the new anchor's index if not. */
7514 begin = 0;
7515 end = vec_safe_length (block->anchors);
7516 while (begin != end)
7517 {
7518 middle = (end + begin) / 2;
7519 anchor = (*block->anchors)[middle];
7520 if (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (anchor) > offset)
7521 end = middle;
7522 else if (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (anchor) < offset)
7523 begin = middle + 1;
7524 else if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (anchor) > model)
7525 end = middle;
7526 else if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (anchor) < model)
7527 begin = middle + 1;
7528 else
7529 return anchor;
7530 }
7531
7532 /* Create a new anchor with a unique label. */
7533 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LANCHOR", anchor_labelno++);
7534 anchor = create_block_symbol (ggc_strdup (label), block, offset);
7535 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (anchor) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL | SYMBOL_FLAG_ANCHOR;
7536 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (anchor) |= model << SYMBOL_FLAG_TLS_SHIFT;
7537
7538 /* Insert it at index BEGIN. */
7539 vec_safe_insert (block->anchors, begin, anchor);
7540 return anchor;
7541 }
7542
7543 /* Output the objects in BLOCK. */
7544
7545 static void
7546 output_object_block (struct object_block *block)
7547 {
7548 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
7549 unsigned int i;
7550 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
7551 tree decl;
7552 rtx symbol;
7553
7554 if (!block->objects)
7555 return;
7556
7557 /* Switch to the section and make sure that the first byte is
7558 suitably aligned. */
7559 /* Special case VTV comdat sections similar to assemble_variable. */
7560 if (SECTION_STYLE (block->sect) == SECTION_NAMED
7561 && block->sect->named.name
7562 && (strcmp (block->sect->named.name, ".vtable_map_vars") == 0))
7563 handle_vtv_comdat_section (block->sect, block->sect->named.decl);
7564 else
7565 switch_to_section (block->sect);
7566
7567 assemble_align (block->alignment);
7568
7569 /* Define the values of all anchors relative to the current section
7570 position. */
7571 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (block->anchors, i, symbol)
7572 targetm.asm_out.output_anchor (symbol);
7573
7574 /* Output the objects themselves. */
7575 offset = 0;
7576 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*block->objects, i, symbol)
7577 {
7578 /* Move to the object's offset, padding with zeros if necessary. */
7579 assemble_zeros (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) - offset);
7580 offset = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol);
7581 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
7582 {
7583 desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (symbol);
7584 /* Pass 1 for align as we have already laid out everything in the block.
7585 So aligning shouldn't be necessary. */
7586 output_constant_pool_1 (desc, 1);
7587 offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (desc->mode);
7588 }
7589 else if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
7590 {
7591 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
7592 decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7593 assemble_constant_contents
7594 (DECL_INITIAL (decl), XSTR (symbol, 0), DECL_ALIGN (decl));
7595
7596 size = get_constant_size (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
7597 offset += size;
7598 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
7599 && TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST
7600 && asan_protect_global (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
7601 {
7602 size = asan_red_zone_size (size);
7603 assemble_zeros (size);
7604 offset += size;
7605 }
7606 }
7607 else
7608 {
7609 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
7610 decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7611 assemble_variable_contents (decl, XSTR (symbol, 0), false);
7612 size = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl));
7613 offset += size;
7614 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
7615 && asan_protect_global (decl))
7616 {
7617 size = asan_red_zone_size (size);
7618 assemble_zeros (size);
7619 offset += size;
7620 }
7621 }
7622 }
7623 }
7624
7625 /* A callback for qsort to compare object_blocks. */
7626
7627 static int
7628 output_object_block_compare (const void *x, const void *y)
7629 {
7630 object_block *p1 = *(object_block * const*)x;
7631 object_block *p2 = *(object_block * const*)y;
7632
7633 if (p1->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED
7634 && !(p2->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED))
7635 return 1;
7636
7637 if (!(p1->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
7638 && p2->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
7639 return -1;
7640
7641 if (p1->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED
7642 && p2->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
7643 return strcmp (p1->sect->named.name, p2->sect->named.name);
7644
7645 unsigned f1 = p1->sect->common.flags;
7646 unsigned f2 = p2->sect->common.flags;
7647 if (f1 == f2)
7648 return 0;
7649 return f1 < f2 ? -1 : 1;
7650 }
7651
7652 /* Output the definitions of all object_blocks. */
7653
7654 void
7655 output_object_blocks (void)
7656 {
7657 vec<object_block *, va_heap> v;
7658 v.create (object_block_htab->elements ());
7659 object_block *obj;
7660 hash_table<object_block_hasher>::iterator hi;
7661
7662 FOR_EACH_HASH_TABLE_ELEMENT (*object_block_htab, obj, object_block *, hi)
7663 v.quick_push (obj);
7664
7665 /* Sort them in order to output them in a deterministic manner,
7666 otherwise we may get .rodata sections in different orders with
7667 and without -g. */
7668 v.qsort (output_object_block_compare);
7669 unsigned i;
7670 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (v, i, obj)
7671 output_object_block (obj);
7672
7673 v.release ();
7674 }
7675
7676 /* This function provides a possible implementation of the
7677 TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES target hook for ELF targets. When triggered
7678 by -frecord-gcc-switches it creates a new mergeable, string section in the
7679 assembler output file called TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION which
7680 contains the switches in ASCII format.
7681
7682 FIXME: This code does not correctly handle double quote characters
7683 that appear inside strings, (it strips them rather than preserving them).
7684 FIXME: ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII, as defined in config/elfos.h will not emit NUL
7685 characters - instead it treats them as sub-string separators. Since
7686 we want to emit NUL strings terminators into the object file we have to use
7687 ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP. */
7688
7689 int
7690 elf_record_gcc_switches (print_switch_type type, const char * name)
7691 {
7692 switch (type)
7693 {
7694 case SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED:
7695 ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (asm_out_file, name, strlen (name));
7696 ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (asm_out_file, HOST_WIDE_INT_1U);
7697 break;
7698
7699 case SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE:
7700 if (name == NULL)
7701 {
7702 /* Distinguish between invocations where name is NULL. */
7703 static bool started = false;
7704
7705 if (!started)
7706 {
7707 section * sec;
7708
7709 sec = get_section (targetm.asm_out.record_gcc_switches_section,
7710 SECTION_DEBUG
7711 | SECTION_MERGE
7712 | SECTION_STRINGS
7713 | (SECTION_ENTSIZE & 1),
7714 NULL);
7715 switch_to_section (sec);
7716 started = true;
7717 }
7718 }
7719
7720 default:
7721 break;
7722 }
7723
7724 /* The return value is currently ignored by the caller, but must be 0.
7725 For -fverbose-asm the return value would be the number of characters
7726 emitted into the assembler file. */
7727 return 0;
7728 }
7729
7730 /* Emit text to declare externally defined symbols. It is needed to
7731 properly support non-default visibility. */
7732 void
7733 default_elf_asm_output_external (FILE *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7734 tree decl,
7735 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7736 {
7737 /* We output the name if and only if TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED is
7738 set in order to avoid putting out names that are never really
7739 used. Always output visibility specified in the source. */
7740 if (TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl))
7741 && (DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED (decl)
7742 || targetm.binds_local_p (decl)))
7743 maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
7744 }
7745
7746 /* The default hook for TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME. */
7747
7748 void
7749 default_asm_output_source_filename (FILE *file, const char *name)
7750 {
7751 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME
7752 ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME (file, name);
7753 #else
7754 fprintf (file, "\t.file\t");
7755 output_quoted_string (file, name);
7756 putc ('\n', file);
7757 #endif
7758 }
7759
7760 /* Output a file name in the form wanted by System V. */
7761
7762 void
7763 output_file_directive (FILE *asm_file, const char *input_name)
7764 {
7765 int len;
7766 const char *na;
7767
7768 if (input_name == NULL)
7769 input_name = "<stdin>";
7770 else
7771 input_name = remap_debug_filename (input_name);
7772
7773 len = strlen (input_name);
7774 na = input_name + len;
7775
7776 /* NA gets INPUT_NAME sans directory names. */
7777 while (na > input_name)
7778 {
7779 if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (na[-1]))
7780 break;
7781 na--;
7782 }
7783
7784 targetm.asm_out.output_source_filename (asm_file, na);
7785 }
7786
7787 /* Create a DEBUG_EXPR_DECL / DEBUG_EXPR pair from RTL expression
7788 EXP. */
7789 rtx
7790 make_debug_expr_from_rtl (const_rtx exp)
7791 {
7792 tree ddecl = make_node (DEBUG_EXPR_DECL), type;
7793 machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (exp);
7794 rtx dval;
7795
7796 DECL_ARTIFICIAL (ddecl) = 1;
7797 if (REG_P (exp) && REG_EXPR (exp))
7798 type = TREE_TYPE (REG_EXPR (exp));
7799 else if (MEM_P (exp) && MEM_EXPR (exp))
7800 type = TREE_TYPE (MEM_EXPR (exp));
7801 else
7802 type = NULL_TREE;
7803 if (type && TYPE_MODE (type) == mode)
7804 TREE_TYPE (ddecl) = type;
7805 else
7806 TREE_TYPE (ddecl) = lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode (mode, 1);
7807 SET_DECL_MODE (ddecl, mode);
7808 dval = gen_rtx_DEBUG_EXPR (mode);
7809 DEBUG_EXPR_TREE_DECL (dval) = ddecl;
7810 SET_DECL_RTL (ddecl, dval);
7811 return dval;
7812 }
7813
7814 #ifdef ELF_ASCII_ESCAPES
7815 /* Default ASM_OUTPUT_LIMITED_STRING for ELF targets. */
7816
7817 void
7818 default_elf_asm_output_limited_string (FILE *f, const char *s)
7819 {
7820 int escape;
7821 unsigned char c;
7822
7823 fputs (STRING_ASM_OP, f);
7824 putc ('"', f);
7825 while (*s != '\0')
7826 {
7827 c = *s;
7828 escape = ELF_ASCII_ESCAPES[c];
7829 switch (escape)
7830 {
7831 case 0:
7832 putc (c, f);
7833 break;
7834 case 1:
7835 putc ('\\', f);
7836 putc ('0'+((c>>6)&7), f);
7837 putc ('0'+((c>>3)&7), f);
7838 putc ('0'+(c&7), f);
7839 break;
7840 default:
7841 putc ('\\', f);
7842 putc (escape, f);
7843 break;
7844 }
7845 s++;
7846 }
7847 putc ('\"', f);
7848 putc ('\n', f);
7849 }
7850
7851 /* Default ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII for ELF targets. */
7852
7853 void
7854 default_elf_asm_output_ascii (FILE *f, const char *s, unsigned int len)
7855 {
7856 const char *limit = s + len;
7857 const char *last_null = NULL;
7858 unsigned bytes_in_chunk = 0;
7859 unsigned char c;
7860 int escape;
7861
7862 for (; s < limit; s++)
7863 {
7864 const char *p;
7865
7866 if (bytes_in_chunk >= 60)
7867 {
7868 putc ('\"', f);
7869 putc ('\n', f);
7870 bytes_in_chunk = 0;
7871 }
7872
7873 if (s > last_null)
7874 {
7875 for (p = s; p < limit && *p != '\0'; p++)
7876 continue;
7877 last_null = p;
7878 }
7879 else
7880 p = last_null;
7881
7882 if (p < limit && (p - s) <= (long) ELF_STRING_LIMIT)
7883 {
7884 if (bytes_in_chunk > 0)
7885 {
7886 putc ('\"', f);
7887 putc ('\n', f);
7888 bytes_in_chunk = 0;
7889 }
7890
7891 default_elf_asm_output_limited_string (f, s);
7892 s = p;
7893 }
7894 else
7895 {
7896 if (bytes_in_chunk == 0)
7897 fputs (ASCII_DATA_ASM_OP "\"", f);
7898
7899 c = *s;
7900 escape = ELF_ASCII_ESCAPES[c];
7901 switch (escape)
7902 {
7903 case 0:
7904 putc (c, f);
7905 bytes_in_chunk++;
7906 break;
7907 case 1:
7908 putc ('\\', f);
7909 putc ('0'+((c>>6)&7), f);
7910 putc ('0'+((c>>3)&7), f);
7911 putc ('0'+(c&7), f);
7912 bytes_in_chunk += 4;
7913 break;
7914 default:
7915 putc ('\\', f);
7916 putc (escape, f);
7917 bytes_in_chunk += 2;
7918 break;
7919 }
7920
7921 }
7922 }
7923
7924 if (bytes_in_chunk > 0)
7925 {
7926 putc ('\"', f);
7927 putc ('\n', f);
7928 }
7929 }
7930 #endif
7931
7932 static GTY(()) section *elf_init_array_section;
7933 static GTY(()) section *elf_fini_array_section;
7934
7935 static section *
7936 get_elf_initfini_array_priority_section (int priority,
7937 bool constructor_p)
7938 {
7939 section *sec;
7940 if (priority != DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY)
7941 {
7942 char buf[18];
7943 sprintf (buf, "%s.%.5u",
7944 constructor_p ? ".init_array" : ".fini_array",
7945 priority);
7946 sec = get_section (buf, SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_NOTYPE, NULL_TREE);
7947 }
7948 else
7949 {
7950 if (constructor_p)
7951 {
7952 if (elf_init_array_section == NULL)
7953 elf_init_array_section
7954 = get_section (".init_array",
7955 SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_NOTYPE, NULL_TREE);
7956 sec = elf_init_array_section;
7957 }
7958 else
7959 {
7960 if (elf_fini_array_section == NULL)
7961 elf_fini_array_section
7962 = get_section (".fini_array",
7963 SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_NOTYPE, NULL_TREE);
7964 sec = elf_fini_array_section;
7965 }
7966 }
7967 return sec;
7968 }
7969
7970 /* Use .init_array section for constructors. */
7971
7972 void
7973 default_elf_init_array_asm_out_constructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
7974 {
7975 section *sec = get_elf_initfini_array_priority_section (priority,
7976 true);
7977 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
7978 }
7979
7980 /* Use .fini_array section for destructors. */
7981
7982 void
7983 default_elf_fini_array_asm_out_destructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
7984 {
7985 section *sec = get_elf_initfini_array_priority_section (priority,
7986 false);
7987 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
7988 }
7989
7990 /* Default TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_IDENT hook.
7991
7992 This is a bit of a cheat. The real default is a no-op, but this
7993 hook is the default for all targets with a .ident directive. */
7994
7995 void
7996 default_asm_output_ident_directive (const char *ident_str)
7997 {
7998 const char *ident_asm_op = "\t.ident\t";
7999
8000 /* If we are still in the front end, do not write out the string
8001 to asm_out_file. Instead, add a fake top-level asm statement.
8002 This allows the front ends to use this hook without actually
8003 writing to asm_out_file, to handle #ident or Pragma Ident. */
8004 if (symtab->state == PARSING)
8005 {
8006 char *buf = ACONCAT ((ident_asm_op, "\"", ident_str, "\"\n", NULL));
8007 symtab->finalize_toplevel_asm (build_string (strlen (buf), buf));
8008 }
8009 else
8010 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s\"%s\"\n", ident_asm_op, ident_str);
8011 }
8012
8013
8014 /* This function ensures that vtable_map variables are not only
8015 in the comdat section, but that each variable has its own unique
8016 comdat name. Without this the variables end up in the same section
8017 with a single comdat name.
8018
8019 FIXME: resolve_unique_section needs to deal better with
8020 decls with both DECL_SECTION_NAME and DECL_ONE_ONLY. Once
8021 that is fixed, this if-else statement can be replaced with
8022 a single call to "switch_to_section (sect)". */
8023
8024 static void
8025 handle_vtv_comdat_section (section *sect, const_tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8026 {
8027 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
8028 targetm.asm_out.named_section (sect->named.name,
8029 sect->named.common.flags
8030 | SECTION_LINKONCE,
8031 DECL_NAME (decl));
8032 in_section = sect;
8033 #else
8034 /* Neither OBJECT_FORMAT_PE, nor OBJECT_FORMAT_COFF is set here.
8035 Therefore the following check is used.
8036 In case a the target is PE or COFF a comdat group section
8037 is created, e.g. .vtable_map_vars$foo. The linker places
8038 everything in .vtable_map_vars at the end.
8039
8040 A fix could be made in
8041 gcc/config/i386/winnt.c: i386_pe_unique_section. */
8042 if (TARGET_PECOFF)
8043 {
8044 char *name;
8045
8046 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_NAME (decl)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
8047 name = ACONCAT ((sect->named.name, "$",
8048 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (decl)), NULL));
8049 else
8050 name = ACONCAT ((sect->named.name, "$",
8051 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (DECL_NAME (decl))),
8052 NULL));
8053
8054 targetm.asm_out.named_section (name,
8055 sect->named.common.flags
8056 | SECTION_LINKONCE,
8057 DECL_NAME (decl));
8058 in_section = sect;
8059 }
8060 else
8061 switch_to_section (sect);
8062 #endif
8063 }
8064
8065 #include "gt-varasm.h"